TWM407848U - Suspension assembly and tie-plate thereof - Google Patents
Suspension assembly and tie-plate thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWM407848U TWM407848U TW099216177U TW99216177U TWM407848U TW M407848 U TWM407848 U TW M407848U TW 099216177 U TW099216177 U TW 099216177U TW 99216177 U TW99216177 U TW 99216177U TW M407848 U TWM407848 U TW M407848U
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- frame
- spring
- frame hanger
- pad
- attachment
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 245
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 claims 1
- 239000010902 straw Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 63
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 48
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 35
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 34
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 21
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003190 viscoelastic substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910001141 Ductile iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 3
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036316 preload Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920003051 synthetic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002397 thermoplastic olefin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000181 Ethylene propylene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000922 High-strength low-alloy steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002174 Styrene-butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006125 amorphous polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- -1 but not limited to Substances 0.000 description 2
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920005549 butyl rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011115 styrene butadiene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005061 synthetic rubber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- MFLYTCSVJYYAOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (carbamimidoylazaniumyl)formate Chemical compound NC(=N)NC(O)=O MFLYTCSVJYYAOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPGATMBHQQONPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminooxycarbonylbenzoic acid Chemical compound NOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O UPGATMBHQQONPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000017166 Bambusa arundinacea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017491 Bambusa tulda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001330002 Bambuseae Species 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical group [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015334 Phyllostachys viridis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005534 acoustic noise Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011425 bamboo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036461 convulsion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005242 forging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000002837 heart atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005559 polyacrylic rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000582 polyisocyanurate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011495 polyisocyanurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006126 semicrystalline polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002893 slag Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000052 vinegar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021419 vinegar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Springs (AREA)
Abstract
Description
/«48 五、新型說明: 【新型所屬之技術領域】 本創作大體而s係關於車輛懸吊架。更特定而言,本創 作係關於彈性體彈簧車輛懸吊架,諸如,用於職^或重型 拖運卡車應用。 【先前技術 用於職業或重型拖運卡車應用之單彈簧率懸吊架及可變 彈簧率懸吊架係已知的。 單彈簧率懸吊架具有固定之彈簧率,該固定之彈簧率通 常必須歧於―定位準’以產生乘座舒適之懸吊架或表現 出適當側傾穩定性之剛性懸吊架。結果,視所選擇之彈簧 率而定,在單彈簧率懸吊架中損害側傾穩定性或是損害行 歇品質。 可變彈簧率懸吊架藉由在操作期間提供多種彈簧率而克 服了單彈簧率懸吊架之此缺陷。當跳動負載(sprung 1〇ad) 增大時’彈簧率相應地增大。 在美國專利第6,585, 號中展示了用於職業或重型拖運 卡車應用之可變彈簧率彈性體彈簧懸吊架之—實例,該專 利之揭示内容特此以弓丨用沾士斗、α 与丨用的方式併入本文中。彼懸吊架利 用承樑彈簧及輔助彈簧來達成其可變彈膂率。 歸因於辅助彈簧根據負載而嗜合或脫齧,此懸吊架之彈 :率可改變。具有此種懸吊架之輕度加載之底盤的行馼品 質極為良好’而不犧牲額定底盤負載下之側傾穩定性。當 具有此種懸吊架之輕度至中度加載之底盤遇到中等至大的 條件或操作條件變化時,可能發·生輔助彈簧之頻繁 M407848 嚙合及脫齧。對於辅助彈簧之每一此類嚙合或脫齧系統 之彈簧率可經歷突變,該突變被稱為「擊穿效應」。結 果,可能損害行駛品質。自圖形來看,彈簧率在輔助彈簧 嚙合或脫齧時之負載處具有不連續性,其可表示為階梯函 數。 用於職業或重型拖運卡車應用之先前彈性體彈簧懸吊架 舄要其彈性體彈簧經歷壓縮性質、拉伸性質及/或剪切性 質之負載。拉伸負載會使彈性體破裂。 鑒於上文關於用於職業或重型拖運卡車應用之先前彈簧 車輛懸吊架所識別的條件,需要為彼等應用提供一種新型 且改良之懸吊架。 【新型内容】 本創作提供一種墊板,其包含一板,其可拆卸地附接至 一包含一第一框架掛物至框架軌附接孔集合之第一框架掛 物,及一包含一第二框架掛物至框架軌附接孔集合之第二 框架掛物’其中該板包括一第一附接孔集合,該第一附接 孔集合對應於該第一框架掛物處之一墊板附接孔集合,其 中該板包括一第二附接孔集合,該第二附接孔集合對應於 該第二框架掛物處之一墊板附接孔集合,且其中該板適於 附接至該第一框架掛物及該第二框架掛物,使得當該板附 接至該第一框架掛物及該第二框架掛物時,該板位於在該 第框架掛物至框架軌附接孔集合下方且在該第二框架掛 物至框架軌附接孔集合下方之一位置處。 【實施方式】 M407848 本文中參看諸圖式描述了本創作之例示性實施例,其中 相似部件係藉由相似參考數字表示。 I.例示性懸吊架 圖i至圖21說明大體上表示為5〇之車輛懸吊架及其組件 的實施例。車辅懸吊架50經設計成將縱向延伸之C形車輛 框架軌52支樓於車㈣聯轴組態之橫向延伸之車轴(未圖 不)上方。在一替代實施例中,車輛框架執52可包含箱形 框架軌、I形框架軌(例如’包含邮樑之框架軌卜或某種 其他類型之框架軌。熟習此項技術者應瞭解,車輛懸吊架 5〇及本文中所描述之其他懸吊架的組件在車輕之每一側上 皆完全相同。亦應瞭解,車輪(未圖示)以已知方式安裝至 車軸之端部。另外,應瞭解,車輛框架軌52可藉由一 ^多 個車架橫向部件(未圖示)連接。 熟習此項技術者應進-步理解,或者,根據懸吊架观 置之懸吊架及其組件可附接至拖車(例如,連接至半牵引 車之拖車)之框架軌。拖車之框架軌可包含諸如上文所描 述之框架軌或另一類型之框架軌的框架軌。 出於此描述之目的,除非另有特定描述,否則在下文 中’「車輛」指代車輛或拖車。以此方式,例如,「車架」 指代車輛之框架或拖車之框架。此外,出於此描述目 的,「車輛左側」指代當觀察者面向車輛後部時車輛之在 該觀察者左手侧的側’「車輛右側」指代觀察者面向車輛 後部時車輛之在該觀察者右手側的側。再者,出於此描述 之目的,「外側」指代相對於「内側」而言更遠離中心線 之位置,「内側」指代更靠近該同-中心線之位置,其中 該中心線自車輛前部延伸至後部。 根據一給定實施例,車輛懸吊架50可具有及/或提供(但 不限於具有及/或提供)以下特性中之一或多者:⑴隨著施 加至懸吊架5〇之負載增大而連續增大之彈簧率(曲線的且 無不連續性);(U)隨著施加至懸吊架5〇之負載增大而近乎 線!·生增大之彈簧率,㈣歸因於在均衡標78之中心概套% 處所產生之樞轉點而導致的極小之轴間制動負載轉移及/ 或改良之關節連接;(iv)對懸吊架50之-或多個彈簧有極 小拉伸加載或無拉伸加載;(v)歸因於緊固件數目之減少、 ^低緊ID件預加載之關鍵性的機械接頭及懸吊架5G之一或 夕個彈簧中之拉伸加載消除而獲得的改良之耐久性;(V。 在輕度加載之底盤上良好之行駛品質,而未犧牲額定底盤 負載下之側傾穩疋性,(vii)對於輪胎鏈之使用無限制;及 (νπι)當使用懸吊架50之車輛遇到中等至大的道路條件或操 作條件變化時未歸因於輔助彈簧之嚙合或脫齧而導致彈簧 率突變。 如圖1所示’懸吊架50包括框架掛物總成54,其具有以 已知方式安裝於框架軌52上之兩個彈簧模組56。在此方 面’每一彈簧模組56包括一框架附接部分58,其具有用於 將該彈簧模組附接至相鄰框架軌52之孔》 每一彈簧模組56包括一窗狀開口 60,窗狀開口 60係藉由 頂壁62、側壁64及底壁66界定(亦可參見(例如)圖6及圖 7)。在每一開口 60内,剪切彈簧68定位於側壁64與彈簧安 M407848 裝架70之間’其中彈簧安裝架7〇居中地定位於該開口内。 較佳地’剪切彈簧68以壓縮狀態安裝於彈簧模組56中。施 加至剪切彈簧68、側壁64及彈簧安裝架70之壓縮負載可隨 著車輛之預期最大負載額定值增大而增大。舉例而言,對 於第一預期最大負載額定值,剪切彈簧68、侧壁64及/或 彈簧安裝架70可以大約13,〇〇〇磅之負載安裝成壓縮狀態。 作為另一實例,對於大於第一預期最大負載額定值之第二 預期最大負載額定值’剪切彈簧68、側壁Μ及/或彈簧安 裝架70可以大約2〇,〇〇〇磅之負載安裝成壓縮狀態。 此外,在每一開口 60内,漸變彈簧率負載墊72定位於彈 簧安裝架70與開口 60之頂壁62之間。較佳地,如下文更詳 細地所描述,負載墊72具有連續增大之彈簧率(在負載墊 72之加载期間)。 貫穿本文應瞭解,儘管彈簧模組56經描述為具有剪切彈 簧68及漸㈣簧率負載㈣’但^車輛負載在滿加載狀態 下具有足夠小之量值,則僅具有剪切彈簧68(亦即,不具 有漸變彈簧率負載墊)之彈簧模組56即可足夠。僅藉由實 例,滿加載狀態下足夠小之車輛負载量值可為介於〇磅與 8,〇〇〇磅之間或〇磅與1〇 〇〇〇磅之間的車輛負載。 兩個懸平座架總成74附接至包括於每—開㈣内之彈菁 安裝架70。如圖3所示,—個座架總成取位於彈菁模組 之外側上。亦如圖3所不’另一座架總成74定位於彈簧 模組56之相對側(内側)上。座架總成74附接至縱向延伸之 組裝式均衡樑78的中心襯套76,其中組裝式均衡㈣在此 M407848 項技術中亦被稱為活動樑。 每一樑78包#定位於其相對端部上之概套管或概套筒 • 8〇 °樑78之每一端部以已知方式連接至車轴(未圖示)之各 別端部。 圖2及圖3說明框架掛物總成54及座架總成74之實施例。 . 在此實施例中,框架掛物總成54包括兩個彈簧模組%,其 • 巾每—彈簧模組%包括-框架掛物82、兩個剪切彈菁68、 =漸變彈簧率負載墊72及-彈簧安裝架70。同樣地:在此 實施例中,每一座架總成74包括一座架部分84及一座架蓋 端部分86 ^每一座架總成74之座架部分84連接至彈簧安裝 架70,彈簧安裝架70為剪切彈簧68及漸變彈簧率負載墊72 提供安裝表面。 在安裝於彈簧安裝架70與側壁64之間時,剪切彈菁咐交 佳地以壓縮狀態固持於彈簧安裝架7〇與侧壁M之間,較佳 地在大約13,000磅至20,000磅之負載下。換言之剪切彈 φ *68不經歷拉伸加載。以此方式,剪切彈簧68之疲勞壽命 與經受此加載之彈性體彈簧相比得以增長。剪切彈簧⑼亦 如圖所說明大體上側向地定向,使得其受剪切時起作用且 藉此具有改良之效能。彈簧模組56中之一個或兩個剪切彈 簣68可使用經組態成如同剪切彈簧68之另一或多個剪切彈 簧進行替換。 漸變彈簧率負餘72安裝於彈篑安裝架7〇與開口 6〇之各 別頂壁62之間。負載墊72較佳地在加載期間具有連續增大 之彈簧率。因此,懸吊架50在加載期間具有連續增大之彈 M407848 簧率。負載塾72$麼縮時起作用且不經歷拉伸加載,因 此,其與經受此加載之其他彈簧(例如,彈性體彈簧)相比 亦具有增長之疲勞壽命。 圖4及圖5說明完整框架掛物彈簧模組兄之實施例。在此 實施例中’每-完整框架掛物彈簧模組56包括一框架掛物 82、一彈簧安裝架7〇、兩個剪切彈簧及一漸變彈簧率負 載墊72(參見圖2^每一彈簧安裝架7〇包括兩個座架安裝孔 口 114(參見圖12至圖15),其分別定位於框架掛物82之内側 及外側上以准許附接座架總成74(亦參見圖2及圖3)。 開口 60之底壁66構成懸吊架5〇之回彈限位器。此整合式 回彈控制器消除了為達成此目的而對附屬器件之需要。如 所展不’可包括減振器9〇且將其附接至開口 6〇之底壁66, 以進一步減少可在懸吊架進入回彈時產生之聲訊雜訊。作 為一實例,減振器90可包含可使用黏接劑或其他緊固件附 接至底壁66之彈性體材料。下文中所描述之彈性體材料之 實例可適用於減振器90之彈性體材料。 圖6及圖7說明框架掛物82之一實施例的額外細節。詳言 之,圖6及圖7說明此實施例之側壁64包括容腔%。另一側 壁64較佳地包括相似配置之容腔92(未圖示)。容腔92較佳 地具有為谷置各別剪切彈簧68而最佳化之高度及宽度尺 寸’且因此’此實施例消除了對用以保持剪切彈簧68之緊 固件的需要,或者可使用該等緊固件。較佳地,亦為了組 裝時剪切彈簧68之壓縮而最佳化框架掛物開口 60之寬度, 且因此最佳化容腔92之間的跨度。另外,為了剪切彈簧68 M407848 在其整個衝程上移動時剪切彈簧68之操作間隙,容腔92之 深度被最佳化。除了藉由剪切彈f68之㈣及藉由剪切彈 簧68與配合部件(例如,側壁64中之容腔或彈簧安裝架川 中之容腔)之間的摩擦係數提供的保持力以外,容腔深度 之最佳化亦提供對剪切彈簧68之辅助垂直及水平保持力。 藉由使用較佳尺寸,組裝時不需要緊固件來保持剪切彈簧 68,但確實需要緊固件之實施例亦係在本文中所揭示之標 的物的範内。 再次參看圖7,每一開口 6〇之頂壁62可使用及/或包含(例 如)在垂直平面中之兩個搞圓形狀來形成穹頂狀組態, 以在已加載條件期間控制漸變彈簧率負載墊72之鼓突,藉 此增長該負載墊之有效壽命。穹頂狀組態94之另一優點在 於·其消除了可能損壞負載墊之潛在的尖銳邊緣。 如所展示’每一框架掛物82較佳地具有對稱設計。此情 形准許每一框架掛物82定位於車輛之左側或右侧。每一框 架掛物82可具有用於在所有操作條件下將框架掛物82保持 至其關聯車輛框架軌而最佳化的框架螺栓圖案。最佳化螺 栓圖案可包括(例如)最小化將框架掛物82可靠地擰緊至框 架軌52所需要之緊固件的數量及/或最大化該等緊固件之 伸展。 圖8、圖8A及圖8B說明剪切彈簧68之一實施例的各種視 圖。在此實施例中,剪切彈簧68係由黏合至板98之負載阻 塊(load block)96構成。在一方面,負載阻塊96(例如,彈 性體負載阻塊)可包含彈性體材料(亦即,彈性體),諸如, M407848 天然橡膠、合成橡朦、苯乙稀丁二稀、合成聚異戊二稀、 丁基橡膠、丁腈橡膠、乙烯丙烯橡膠、聚丙稀酸橡膠、高 密度聚乙烯、熱塑性彈性體、熱塑性聚烯烴(TPO)、胺基 甲酸酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、熱塑性聚胺基曱酸酯(TPU)或某 種其他類型之彈性體。 在此方面且詳言之’負載阻塊96可包含定義為美國試驗 與材料協會(ASTM)D2000 M4AA 717 A13 B13 C12 F17/«48 V. New description: [New technical field] This creation is generally related to vehicle suspension. More specifically, the present invention relates to elastomeric spring vehicle suspensions, such as for utility or heavy haul truck applications. [Prior Art Single-spring rate suspensions and variable spring rate suspensions for use in professional or heavy haul truck applications are known. A single spring rate suspension has a fixed spring rate that typically must be differentiated from the "positioning" to create a sturdy suspension or a rigid suspension that exhibits appropriate roll stability. As a result, depending on the selected spring rate, the roll stability is compromised or the quality of the break is compromised in a single spring rate suspension. The variable spring rate suspension overcomes this drawback of the single spring rate suspension frame by providing multiple spring rates during operation. When the jitter load (sprung 1〇ad) increases, the spring rate increases accordingly. An example of a variable spring rate elastomeric spring suspension for use in professional or heavy haul truck applications is shown in U.S. Patent No. 6,585, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The manner of use is incorporated herein. The suspension frame uses a bolster spring and an auxiliary spring to achieve its variable magazine rate. Due to the abutment or disengagement of the auxiliary spring depending on the load, the rate of the suspension can vary. The lightly loaded chassis with such a suspension has an excellent quality of the manufacture without sacrificing the roll stability under rated chassis load. When a mild to moderately loaded chassis with such a suspension encounters moderate to large conditions or changes in operating conditions, frequent M407848 engagement and disengagement may occur. The spring rate for each such engagement or disengagement system of the auxiliary spring can undergo a sudden change, which is referred to as the "breakdown effect." As a result, the driving quality may be impaired. From the graphical point of view, the spring rate has a discontinuity at the load when the auxiliary spring is engaged or disengaged, which can be expressed as a step function. Previous elastomeric spring suspensions for professional or heavy haul truck applications require elastomeric springs to undergo compression, tensile and/or shear properties. Tensile loading can cause the elastomer to rupture. In view of the conditions identified above for previous spring vehicle suspensions for professional or heavy haul truck applications, it is desirable to provide a new and improved suspension for their applications. [New Content] The present invention provides a pad comprising a plate detachably attached to a first frame hanger including a first frame hanger to a frame rail attachment hole set, and a second frame a second frame hanger of the hanging object to the frame rail attachment hole set, wherein the panel includes a first attachment hole set corresponding to one of the pad attachment hole sets at the first frame hanging object, Wherein the plate includes a second set of attachment holes corresponding to one of the sets of pad attachment holes at the second frame hanger, and wherein the plate is adapted to be attached to the first frame hanger And the second frame hanger such that when the panel is attached to the first frame hanger and the second frame hanger, the panel is located below the first frame hanger to the frame rail attachment aperture set and in the second frame hanger To one of the positions below the frame rail attachment hole set. [Embodiment] M407848 An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is described herein with reference to the drawings, wherein like elements are represented by like reference numerals. I. Exemplary Suspension Figures Figures through Figures 21 illustrate an embodiment of a vehicle suspension and its components, generally designated 5 inches. The vehicle auxiliary suspension frame 50 is designed to extend the longitudinally extending C-shaped vehicle frame rail 52 above the laterally extending axle (not shown) of the vehicle (four) coupling configuration. In an alternate embodiment, the vehicle frame holder 52 can include a box frame rail, an I-frame rail (eg, a frame rail containing a post beam or some other type of frame rail. Those skilled in the art should understand that the vehicle The suspension frame 5〇 and the components of the other suspension frames described herein are identical on each side of the vehicle light. It should also be understood that the wheels (not shown) are mounted to the ends of the axle in a known manner. In addition, it should be understood that the vehicle frame rails 52 can be connected by a plurality of frame cross members (not shown). Those skilled in the art should further understand, or depending on the suspension frame. And its components can be attached to a frame rail of a trailer (eg, a trailer attached to a semi-tractor). The frame rail of the trailer can include a frame rail such as the frame rail described above or another type of frame rail. For the purposes of this description, unless otherwise specifically described, 'vehicle' hereinafter refers to a vehicle or trailer. In this manner, for example, "frame" refers to the frame of a vehicle or the frame of a trailer. Purpose, "the left side of the vehicle Refers to the side of the vehicle on the left-hand side of the observer when the observer faces the rear of the vehicle. 'The right side of the vehicle' refers to the side of the vehicle on the right-hand side of the observer when the observer faces the rear of the vehicle. Again, for this For purposes of description, "outer side" refers to a position further away from the centerline relative to "inside" and "inside" refers to a position closer to the same-centerline, wherein the centerline extends from the front of the vehicle to the rear. According to a given embodiment, the vehicle suspension frame 50 can have and/or provide, but is not limited to, having and/or provide one or more of the following characteristics: (1) as the load applied to the suspension frame 5 increases Large and continuously increasing spring rate (curve and no discontinuity); (U) near-line as the load applied to the suspension 5 增大 increases! · Increased spring rate, (d) due to Minimal inter-axis brake load transfer and/or improved joint connection resulting from the pivot point generated at the center of the equalization mark 78; (iv) minimal pull on the suspension frame 50 or springs Stretch loading or no tensile loading; (v) due to the reduction in the number of fasteners, ^Improved durability of the critical mechanical joints of the low-tight ID pieces preloaded and one of the suspension frames 5G or the tensile loading of the springs; (V. Good on a lightly loaded chassis) Driving quality without sacrificing the roll stability under rated chassis load, (vii) unlimited use of the tire chain; and (νπι) when the vehicle using the suspension frame 50 encounters moderate to large road conditions or operations The spring rate is abrupt due to the engagement or disengagement of the auxiliary spring when the condition changes. As shown in Figure 1, the suspension frame 50 includes a frame hanger assembly 54 that is mounted to the frame rail 52 in a known manner. Two spring modules 56. In this regard, 'each spring module 56 includes a frame attachment portion 58 having a hole for attaching the spring module to an adjacent frame rail 52." Each spring module 56 includes a window opening 60 defined by top wall 62, side wall 64 and bottom wall 66 (see also, for example, Figures 6 and 7). Within each opening 60, a shear spring 68 is positioned between the side wall 64 and the spring mount M407848 mount 70, wherein the spring mount 7 is centrally positioned within the opening. Preferably, the shear spring 68 is mounted in the spring module 56 in a compressed state. The compressive load applied to the shear spring 68, the side wall 64, and the spring mount 70 can increase as the vehicle's expected maximum load rating increases. For example, for a first expected maximum load rating, the shear spring 68, side wall 64, and/or spring mount 70 can be mounted in a compressed state at a load of approximately 13, a pound. As another example, for a second expected maximum load rating greater than the first expected maximum load rating, the shear spring 68, sidewall rim and/or spring mount 70 may be approximately 2 inches, a load of 〇〇〇 pounds Installed in a compressed state. Additionally, within each opening 60, a graded spring rate load pad 72 is positioned between the spring mount 70 and the top wall 62 of the opening 60. Preferably, load pad 72 has a continuously increasing spring rate (during loading of load pad 72), as described in more detail below. It should be understood throughout this disclosure that although the spring module 56 is described as having a shear spring 68 and a tapered (four) spring load (four) 'but the vehicle load has a sufficiently small magnitude in the fully loaded state, there is only a shear spring 68 ( That is, the spring module 56 without the gradient spring rate load pad is sufficient. By way of example only, a sufficiently small vehicle load value at full load can be between 〇 pounds and 8, 〇〇〇 pounds or between 〇 pounds and 1 〇〇〇 pounds. Two suspension mount assemblies 74 are attached to the elastomeric mounting bracket 70 included in each of the open (four). As shown in Figure 3, a mount assembly is located on the outside of the elastomeric module. Also, as shown in Fig. 3, another frame assembly 74 is positioned on the opposite side (inside) of the spring module 56. The mount assembly 74 is attached to the central bushing 76 of the longitudinally extending assembled equalization beam 78, wherein the assembled equalization (4) is also referred to herein as a movable beam in the M407848 technique. Each beam 78 pack # is a sleeve or sleeve that is positioned at its opposite end. • Each end of the beam 78 is connected to each end of the axle (not shown) in a known manner. 2 and 3 illustrate an embodiment of the frame hanger assembly 54 and the frame assembly 74. In this embodiment, the frame hanger assembly 54 includes two spring modules %, each of which includes a - frame hanger 82, two shearing elastics 68, a gradient spring rate load pad 72. And - spring mount 70. Similarly, in this embodiment, each of the frame assemblies 74 includes a frame portion 84 and a frame cover end portion 86. The frame portion 84 of each frame assembly 74 is coupled to the spring mount 70, and the spring mount 70 A mounting surface is provided for the shear spring 68 and the graded spring rate load pad 72. When mounted between the spring mount 70 and the side wall 64, the shearing elastomer is preferably held in compression between the spring mount 7 and the side wall M, preferably between about 13,000 and 20,000 pounds. Under load. In other words, the shear bomb φ *68 does not undergo tensile loading. In this way, the fatigue life of the shear spring 68 is increased compared to the elastomer spring that is subjected to this loading. The shear spring (9) is also oriented substantially laterally as illustrated, such that it acts when sheared and thereby has improved performance. One or both of the shear springs 68 of the spring module 56 can be replaced with another shear spring configured to be like a shear spring 68. The gradient spring rate negative 72 is mounted between the magazine mounting bracket 7 and the respective top wall 62 of the opening 6〇. Load pad 72 preferably has a continuously increasing spring rate during loading. Therefore, the suspension frame 50 has a continuously increasing spring M407848 spring rate during loading. The load 塾72$ acts when it is shrinking and does not undergo tensile loading, so it also has an increased fatigue life compared to other springs that undergo this loading (e.g., elastomer springs). Figures 4 and 5 illustrate an embodiment of a full frame hanging spring module brother. In this embodiment, the 'per-complete frame hanging spring module 56 includes a frame hanger 82, a spring mounting bracket 7〇, two shear springs, and a gradient spring rate load pad 72 (see Figure 2). The frame 7 includes two mount mounting apertures 114 (see FIGS. 12-15) that are respectively positioned on the inside and outside of the frame hanger 82 to permit attachment of the mount assembly 74 (see also Figures 2 and 3). The bottom wall 66 of the opening 60 constitutes a rebound limiter for the suspension frame 5. The integrated rebound controller eliminates the need for an accessory device for this purpose. The device 9 is attached to the bottom wall 66 of the opening 6 to further reduce the acoustic noise that can be generated when the suspension enters the rebound. As an example, the damper 90 can include an adhesive that can be used. Or other fasteners are attached to the elastomeric material of the bottom wall 66. Examples of elastomeric materials described hereinafter may be applied to the elastomeric material of the damper 90. Figures 6 and 7 illustrate one embodiment of the frame hanger 82. Additional details. In detail, Figures 6 and 7 illustrate that the side wall 64 of this embodiment includes a cavity The other side wall 64 preferably includes a similarly configured cavity 92 (not shown). The cavity 92 preferably has a height and width dimension 'and thus' optimized for the respective shear springs 68. This embodiment eliminates the need for fasteners to hold the shear spring 68, or the fasteners can be used. Preferably, the frame opening 60 is also optimized for compression of the shear spring 68 during assembly. The width, and thus the span between the cavities 92. In addition, the depth of the cavity 92 is optimized for the operating clearance of the shear spring 68 as the shear spring 68 M407848 moves over its entire stroke. In addition to the holding force provided by the friction coefficient between the shearing spring f68 and the shearing spring 68 and the mating component (eg, the cavity in the side wall 64 or the cavity in the spring mounting bracket), the cavity depth The optimization also provides an auxiliary vertical and horizontal retention of the shear spring 68. By using a preferred size, no fasteners are needed to hold the shear spring 68 during assembly, but embodiments that require fasteners are also included herein. The subject matter disclosed in Referring again to Figure 7, the top wall 62 of each opening 6 can be used and/or include, for example, two rounded shapes in a vertical plane to form a dome configuration to control the gradient during the loaded condition. The spring rate ramps the load pad 72, thereby increasing the useful life of the load pad. Another advantage of the dome configuration 94 is that it eliminates potentially sharp edges that can damage the load pad. The hangers 82 preferably have a symmetrical design. This condition permits each frame hanger 82 to be positioned to the left or right side of the vehicle. Each frame hanger 82 can have a frame hanger 82 for maintaining its associated vehicle frame under all operating conditions. Rail-optimized frame bolt pattern. Optimizing the bolt pattern may include, for example, minimizing the number of fasteners required to securely tighten the frame hanger 82 to the frame rail 52 and/or maximizing the fasteners. stretch. Figures 8, 8A and 8B illustrate various views of one embodiment of a shear spring 68. In this embodiment, the shear spring 68 is constructed of a load block 96 that is bonded to the plate 98. In one aspect, the load block 96 (eg, an elastomeric load block) can comprise an elastomeric material (ie, an elastomer), such as, for example, M407848 natural rubber, synthetic rubber, styrene butadiene, synthetic polyiso Pentylene dilute, butyl rubber, nitrile rubber, ethylene propylene rubber, polyacrylic acid rubber, high density polyethylene, thermoplastic elastomer, thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO), urethane, polyurethane, Thermoplastic polyaminophthalate (TPU) or some other type of elastomer. In this regard and in detail the 'load block 96 can be defined as the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D2000 M4AA 717 A13 B13 C12 F17
Kll Z1 Z2之彈性體。在此狀況下,Z1表示天然橡膠,Z2 表示經選擇以達成所要剪切率之硬度計。所選擇之硬度計 可基於給定之預定義標度,諸如,Shore A標度、ASTM D2240型A標度或ASTM D224〇型D標度。在一較佳實施例 中’根據Shore A標度,Z2(例如)較佳為70±5。在另一實施 例中’根據Shore A標度,Z2(例如)係在50至80之範圍内。 Z2及Z2之範圍的其他實例亦係可能的。 在另一方面,負載阻塊96(例如,黏彈性負載阻塊)可包 含黏彈性體材料’該黏彈性體材料⑴在剪切彈簧68於給定 範圍内受到負載且在該負載被移除時具有彈性特性,且 (Π)在所施加之負載超過該給定範圍之最大負載時具有非 彈性特性(例如’不返回至其原始未加載形狀)。該給定範 圍可自無負載延伸至最大預期負載加上給定臨限值。該給 定臨限值考慮到剪切彈簧68之可能超載。作為一實例,該 黏彈性體材料可包含非晶態聚合物、半晶態聚合物及生物 聚合物。黏彈性體材料之其他實例亦係可能的。 根據一實施例,負載阻塊96亦可包含一或多種填充物。 M407848 該(該等)填充物可最佳化負載阻塊96之效能。填充物可包 括(但不限於)蠟、油、固化劑及/或碳黑。針對施加至負載 阻塊96之給定剪切負載及/或給定壓縮負載,此等填充物 可藉由改良負載阻塊96之耐久性及/或調諧負載阻塊96而 最佳化效能。經由使用填充物而改良負載阻塊96之耐久性 可包括(例如)最小化相對於負載阻塊96之加載特性的溫度 升咼及/或最大化負載阻塊96之形狀保持力。 可(例如)藉由將板98插入至一模具(未圖示)中而形成剪 切彈簧68❶板98可各自塗佈有塗層材料。作為一實例,塗 層材料可包含一包含鋅及磷酸鹽且使用鈣而改質之材料。 塗層材料可具有200毫克/平方呎至4〇〇毫克/平方呎之塗層 重量。塗層材料之其他實例亦係可能的。可向該經塗佈之 板施加黏合劑以將板98黏合至負載阻塊96。作為一實例, 黏合劑可包含由美國北卡羅來納州卡雷鎮之“^公司製造 的Chemlok®。黏合劑之其他實例亦係可能的。施加塗層 材料及/或施加黏合劑可發生於將板98插入至模具中之 前、期間及/或之後。在施加塗層材料及黏合劑之後,可 將負載阻塊材料(處於可傾倒形式時)插入至模具中以形成 負載阻塊96。 在-較佳實施例中,藉由不同於負載阻塊材料之構件對 板98之任何|露部分(例如,板%之未被負裁阻塊材料覆 蓋的部分)進行防腐㈣護。在其他實施例中,板%之一 些曝露部分(例如,板98之邊緣)可能未受到防腐蝕保護, 板98之任何其他曝露部分受到防腐姓保護。圖π及圖 M407848 8D說明剪切彈簧68之一實施例的剖視圖’且詳言之,說明 板98内之通孔99。通孔99准許負載阻塊材料在形成負載阻 塊96時更容易地流動通過模具。 如上文所解釋,剪切彈簧68經安裝成壓縮狀態。在一所 說明之實施例中,剪切彈簣68之壓縮係歸因於藉由將其安 農於彈簧模組56之側壁64中的彈簧容腔(例如,容腔92)與 形成於彈簧安裝架70中之容腔之間而提供的壓縮負載。或 者,可使用預加載剪切彈簧之其他方式。 剪切彈簧68經由其剪切彈簧率而對懸吊架5〇之垂直彈簧 率作出貢獻。此垂直彈簧率遍及懸吊架50之整個運動範圍 係恆定的。對於具有彈性體剪切彈簧之彈簧模組,針對任 何、疋之剪切彈簧幾何結構,可藉由使用具有不同硬度計 額定值之彈性體來定製垂直彈簧率。 剪切彈簧68之壓縮彈簧率較佳地經設計成遍及小壓縮範 圍係恆定、有助於組裝、在實際安裝條件下係漸近的,且 將在車輛加速或減速期間歸因於剪切彈簣壓縮而引起之懸 吊架縱向行程保持為最小值,較佳地在5毫米以下。 剪切彈簧68之每一板98對該剪切彈簧之剪切彈簧率具有 極小的(若存在)影響。板98用於最佳化剪切彈簧⑼之壓縮 特性。可藉由添加額外板98及相應負載阻塊%來增大剪切 彈簧68之;f縮剛度,而可藉由移除板%及相應負载阻塊% 來減小剪切彈簧68之壓縮剛度。板98可由多種合適材料中 之任-種製成’該等合適材料包括(但不限於)鐵、鋼、 鋁、塑膠、複合材料或某種其他材料。可選擇板%之尺寸 •14- M407848 及形狀,以便獲得剪切彈簧68之較㈣裝、^ #及美學特 性且將剪切彈簧68容置於掛物容腔及彈簧安裝架 板98可完全地或至少實質上囊封於彈性體中以進一步增強 其抗腐姓性及在配合懸吊部件中之摩拷。 初始壓縮彈簧率為大約6,_ N/m(或大約34,細化咖,Kll Z1 Z2 elastomer. In this case, Z1 represents natural rubber and Z2 represents a hardness selected to achieve the desired shear rate. The selected durometer can be based on a given predefined scale, such as Shore A scale, ASTM D2240 Type A scale, or ASTM D224 Type D scale. In a preferred embodiment 'Z2, for example, is preferably 70 ± 5, according to the Shore A scale. In another embodiment ', according to the Shore A scale, Z2 is, for example, in the range of 50 to 80. Other examples of the range of Z2 and Z2 are also possible. In another aspect, the load block 96 (eg, a viscoelastic load block) can comprise a viscoelastic material (1) that is loaded within the given range of the shear spring 68 and removed at the load It has elastic properties and (Π) has inelastic properties when the applied load exceeds the maximum load of the given range (eg 'do not return to its original unloaded shape'). This given range can be extended from no load to the maximum expected load plus a given threshold. This given threshold takes into account the possible overload of the shear spring 68. As an example, the viscoelastic material can comprise an amorphous polymer, a semi-crystalline polymer, and a biopolymer. Other examples of viscoelastic materials are also possible. According to an embodiment, the load block 96 may also include one or more fillers. M407848 This (these) filler optimizes the performance of the load block 96. Fillers may include, but are not limited to, waxes, oils, curing agents, and/or carbon black. For a given shear load and/or a given compressive load applied to the load block 96, such fills may optimize performance by improving the durability of the load block 96 and/or tuning the load block 96. Improving the durability of the load block 96 via the use of a filler can include, for example, minimizing temperature rise relative to the loading characteristics of the load block 96 and/or maximizing the shape retention of the load block 96. Shear springs 68 can be formed, for example, by inserting the plates 98 into a mold (not shown), each of which can be coated with a coating material. As an example, the coating material may comprise a material comprising zinc and phosphate and modified with calcium. The coating material may have a coating weight of from 200 mg/sq to 4 g/sq. Other examples of coating materials are also possible. An adhesive can be applied to the coated panel to bond the panel 98 to the load block 96. As an example, the adhesive may include Chemlok® manufactured by the company of Carly, North Carolina, USA. Other examples of adhesives are also possible. Application of the coating material and/or application of the adhesive may occur in the board. 98. Before, during, and/or after insertion into the mold. After application of the coating material and adhesive, the load block material (when in the pourable form) can be inserted into the mold to form the load block 96. In a preferred embodiment, any of the exposed portions of the panel 98 (e.g., portions of the panel that are not covered by the negatively-damped block material) are protected by a member other than the member of the load-barrier material. In other embodiments, Some of the exposed portions of the panel (e.g., the edges of the panel 98) may not be protected from corrosion, and any other exposed portions of the panel 98 are protected by the anti-corrosion name. Figure π and Figure M407848 8D illustrate one embodiment of the shear spring 68. The cross-sectional view 'and in detail, illustrates the vias 99 in the board 98. The vias 99 permit the load block material to flow more easily through the mold as the load block 96 is formed. As explained above, the shear spring 68 is In a illustrated embodiment, the compression of the shear magazine 68 is due to the spring cavity (e.g., cavity 92) by ampurizing it in the side wall 64 of the spring module 56. a compressive load provided between the cavity formed in the spring mount 70. Alternatively, other means of preloading the shear spring may be used. The shear spring 68 traverses the suspension frame 5 via its shear spring rate The vertical spring rate contributes to this. The vertical spring rate is constant throughout the entire range of motion of the suspension frame 50. For spring modules with elastomeric shear springs, the geometry of any of the shear springs can be The vertical spring rate is tailored using elastomers with different durometer ratings. The compression spring rate of the shear spring 68 is preferably designed to be constant over a small compression range, facilitating assembly, under actual installation conditions. Asymptotic, and the longitudinal travel of the suspension caused by compression of the shear magazine during vehicle acceleration or deceleration is kept to a minimum, preferably below 5 mm. 98 pairs of each of the shear springs 68 Shear spring The shear spring rate has a minimal (if any) effect. The plate 98 is used to optimize the compression characteristics of the shear spring (9). The shear spring 68 can be increased by adding additional plates 98 and corresponding load block %; The stiffness is reduced, and the compression stiffness of the shear spring 68 can be reduced by removing the plate % and the corresponding load block %. The plate 98 can be made of any of a variety of suitable materials - such suitable materials include (but Not limited to) iron, steel, aluminum, plastic, composite or some other material. The size of the board can be selected from the size of 14- M407848 and the shape to obtain the (4), ^ # and aesthetic characteristics of the shear spring 68 and will The shear spring 68 is received in the hanging pocket and the spring mounting bracket 98 can be completely or at least substantially encapsulated in the elastomer to further enhance its resistance to corrosion and to fit in the suspension component. The initial compression spring rate is approximately 6, _ N / m (or approximately 34, refined coffee,
剪切彈簧68之最大剪崎程為大㈣7咖(大約2 7忖), 且剪切彈簧68之安裝後高度為大約如叫大社州。 圖9說明剪切彈簧68之-實施例,其可選凸片ι〇〇併入至 八周邊中凸片100在組裝期間確保適當之剪切彈簧定 向。應瞭解’任何此等凸片(若使用)可具有任何形狀:大 小或計數。The maximum shear rate of the shear spring 68 is a large (four) 7 coffee (about 2 7 忖), and the height of the shear spring 68 after installation is about Dashe. Figure 9 illustrates an embodiment of a shear spring 68 with optional tabs incorporated into the perimeter of the eight tabs to ensure proper shear spring orientation during assembly. It should be understood that any such tabs (if used) can have any shape: size or count.
根據-實施例’ f切彈簧68之所要剪切率為大約 圖Π)說明漸變彈簧率負載墊72之一實施例。漸變彈簧率 負載塾72可;t位於彈簧安裝架7()與?頂狀組態%之間且藉 由緊固件而附接至彈簧安裝架70。通常,每一漸變彈簧率 負載墊72經設計成具有至少一斜壁(例如,斜壁1〇5、⑺7) 及:體上大小不同、形狀大體上相似之水平截面。對於此 等貫施例,每一水平截面與其他水平截面具有大體上相似 之形狀,但其不具有與其他水平截面之大小或截面積相同 的大小或截面積。大小改變因子或相似比為該至少一斜壁 之斜度的函數。水平截面可為封裝、重量或美學所需要之 任何幾何形狀。 根據一例示性實施例,負載墊72為經塑形成類似於金字 M407848 塔之彈性體漸變彈簧率負載墊。在此方面,如圖1〇所說 明’負載墊72包括基板1〇2、經塑形成類似於金字塔之彈 性體104,及修平頂表面1〇6。基板1〇2可由多種合適材料 製成’該等合適材料包括(但不限於)鐵、鋼、鋁、塑膠及 複合材料。基板之尺寸及形狀可變化成封裝、重量及美學 所需要之任何尺寸或形狀。較佳地,基板1〇2經定尺寸成 匹配於彈簧安裝架7〇之頂表面 '容置將其固定至彈簧安裝 架70之緊固件,及最小化總質量。 為達成垂直彈簧率之要求而最佳化漸變彈簧率負載墊72 之彈性體104的大小及尺寸。對於本申請案,漸變彈簧率 負載塾72之垂直彈簧率隨著負載增大而連續地增大,從而 在說明彈簧率隨跳動負載而變之圖解上界定無不連續性之 曲線形狀。彈性體104之大小及尺寸可基於形狀因子,其 為已加載表面(例如,修平頂表面丨〇6)之面積對自由膨脹之 未加載表面(例如,彈性體1〇4之自基板1〇2通向頂表面1〇6 的四個壁)之總面積的比率。 如所指示’較佳漸變彈簧率負載墊72之形狀極其類似於 具有修平頂表面106之金字塔。藉由使用此較佳形狀,漸 變彈菁率負載墊72之垂直彈簧率隨著負載增大而線性地增 大。在一實施例中,彈性體1〇4之基部之戴面為5吋X6吋, 頂表面106之戴面為〇 8吋χ〇 8吋,彈性體1〇4之高度為3 2 于。可藉由變化彈性體1 〇4之硬度計來最佳化漸變彈簧率 負栽墊72之彈簧率。藉由變化硬度計,可產生一系列可互 換之漸變彈簧率負載墊。 M407848 圖11說明彈性體漸變彈簧率負載墊72之一實施例,其基 板102完全地囊封於彈性體1〇4中以獲得更大之抗腐蝕性且 . 在彈簧女裝架界面處提供摩擦。在一替代實施例中,可曝 , 露基板1〇2之一部分(例如,未被彈性體104覆蓋)。可藉由 不同於彈性體104之構件對基板1〇2之此曝露部分進行防腐 ' 钱保護。在又一實施例中’可藉由不同於彈性體104之構 件對基板102之所有曝露部分(惟基板1〇2之曝露部分的邊 φ 緣除外)進行防腐蝕保護。藉由實例,基板102可超出彈性 體104之金字塔部分之最寬部分的所有部分之外延伸介於 0.25吋至〇·5吋。 如圖11所說明,負載墊72具有併入至基板1〇2中之耳部 108。每一耳部1〇8包括一通孔ι〇9,緊固件可插入通過通 孔109且緊固至彈簧安裝架7〇及/或座架總成,以便將負 載塾72保持於懸吊架5〇内。通孔1〇9可具有多種形狀中之 任何一種。舉例而言,通孔1〇9可為矩形。以此方式,所 φ _入之緊固件可包含圓頭方頸螺栓,其在此項技術中被稱 為車身螺栓。作為另一實例’通孔1〇9可為圓形。以此方 式,所插入之緊固件可包含六角頭螺栓。或者,可使用其 他δ適緊固件及具有相應形狀之通孔。 圖12至圖15說明包括於每一彈簧模組“内之彈簧安裝架 7〇之實施例。彈簧安裝架7〇包括:一大體上平坦頂表面 ?〇 ’其中漸變彈簧率負載墊72安置於頂表面110上;一對 =腔m ’其定位於彈簧安裝架7G之相對側上以用於容納 切彈簧68’’及一對座架安裝孔口 ιΐ4,其定位於彈簣安 -17· M407848 裝架70之相對側上,從而形成座架界面且准許附接至懸吊 座架84。 〜 相對疋位之容腔丨12較佳地經定尺寸成在組裝時容置剪 切彈= 68。分離容腔112之水平跨度(藉由彈簧安裝架之 〇寸提供)亦經最佳化以在組裝時使剪切彈簧68受到所要 £縮此外,為了剪切彈簧在其整個衝程上移動時剪切彈 簧之操作間隙’容腔112之深度可被最佳化。除了藉由剪 =彈簧之壓縮及藉由剪切彈簧與配合部件之間的摩擦係數 提供的保持力以外,容腔深度之最佳化亦提供對剪切彈黃 之輔助垂直及水平保持力。藉由使用較佳尺寸,組裝時不 需要緊固件來㈣剪切彈簀68,但確實需要緊固件之實施 例亦係在本文中所揭示之標的物的範疇内。 彈簧安裝架70之座架界面形成彈簧安裝架_座架機械接 頭之凹形部分116 ’凹形部分116具有用於在所有操作條件 下維持接頭完整性之所要角度。對於懸吊架中可操作以處 置第-最大負載之座架總成,所要角度較佳為約16〇度。 在一替代配置(諸如,懸吊架中可操作以處置第二最大負 載之座架總成)中,所要角度可小於16〇度(諸如,14〇度), 其中第二最大負載大於第一最大負載。一般熟習此項:術 者應理解,彈簧安裝架·座架機械接頭之凹形部分之所要 角度可為介於120度與180度之間的多種度數。 彈簧安裝架-座架界面機械接頭消除了對緊固件丨17(參見 圖2)之直接剪切加載,因為剪切加載僅僅由該接頭承受。 彈簧安裝架-座架界面機械接頭降低了緊固件預加載之關 M407848 最小化了所需緊固件之數目。緊固 二他::、一標準六角頭螺栓或-六角凸緣螺栓,或 呆禋具他類型之緊固件。 較佳地’在彈簧安裝架7〇之座架界面的頂 j具有2〇笔米之半徑。杏座 千<…座架84緊固至彈簧安裝架70之座 架界面時,彈簧安褒架嵌條鳩防止在該座架界面之峰值 處的緊密接觸。嵌條300亦確保僅該機械接頭之作用中表 面為該接頭之傾斜平面。以此方式,放寬了所需公差,且 可使用實際鑄造表面來構造該接頭。 彈簣安裝架70可由多種材料中之任何一種製成。在一較 仏實鈿例中,彈簧安裝架7〇係由D55延性鐵製成。在另一 實把例中,彈簧安裝架7〇可由(例如)另一類型之鐵、鋼、 鋁、複合材料(諸如,碳纖維)或某種其他材料製成。 圖16至圖19說明包括於懸吊架内之座架總成74之實施 例。座架總成74包括座架部分(或更簡單地,座架…及座 架蓋端部分86。-個半孔σ心形成於座架部分料之中心 毅界面中,以形成座架蓋配置之上半部,另—半孔口 mb 形成於座架蓋端部分86中,以形成座架蓋配置之下半部。 歸因於此座架蓋配置之寬鬆公差,座架總成74(包括座架 部分84及座架蓋端部分86)可在鑄造後即進行組裝。此構 造提供了與所附接之均衡樑或其他車輛組件的座架蓋界 面且在此項技術中係已知的。可在座架部分84及座架蓋 端部分86中機械加工出座架蓋孔口 118,使得當座架總成 -19- M407848 74附接至均衡樑78或其他組件時,呈柱螺拴及螺母(參見 圖16)形式而展示之緊固件〗2〇可將座架部分M與座架蓋端 部分86固定在一起。 圖45至圖49說明可用於座架總成74内之另一實施例。詳 言之,圖45至圖47說明座架84A,且圖48及圓竹說明座架 蓋端部分86A。座架84A及座架蓋端部分86A可由鐵、鋼、 鋁、複合材料或某種其他材料製成,且可各自包含由一般 熟習此項技術者所知之鑄造程序形成的獨立鑄件。以此方 式,座架84A可包括在鑄造座架84A時所形成之通孔848, 且座架蓋端部分86A可包括在鑄造座架蓋端部分86A時所 形成之通孔86B。可將諸如緊固件117之緊固件插入至通孔 84B、86B中,以用於隨後將座架蓋端部分86八緊固及附接 至座架84A。在一替代實施例中,通孔84B及/或通孔86b 可藉由機械加工形成。 座架84、84A較佳地具有如所說明之空間框架/桁架狀幾 何結構或構造,以最小化懸吊架操作條件期間之組件應力 且最小化組件質量。座架84、84A進一步具有用於與彈簧 安裝架70或彈簧安裝架346(參見圖26)之座架安裝孔口丨14 對準的彈簧女裝架安裝孔口 122。座架84、84 A針對其較佳 彈簀安裝架界面包括凸形部分124,該凸形部分經設計成 破收納於彈簧安裝架-座架界面機械接頭之對應物凹形部 ^16内。對於在懸节架中用以處置第一最大負載之座架 〜成機械接頭之凸形部分124的跨度138亦較佳為丨6〇 度。在一替代配置(諸如,懸吊架中可操作以處置第二最 •20· M407848 大負載之座架總成)中,機械接頭之凸形部分的跨度⑶可 ^於160度(諸如,14G度)…般熟f此項技術者應理解, 跨度m可為介於120度與18〇度之間的多種度數。 括=’在座架84'84A之彈箸安裝架界面的頂點處包 括座架圓潤部3G2’以最小化應力集中。座架圓潤部302可An embodiment of the tapered spring rate load pad 72 is illustrated in accordance with the embodiment - the desired shear rate of the f-cut spring 68 is approximately Π). Gradient spring rate Load 塾72 can be; t is located in the spring mount 7 () and ? Attached to the spring mount 70 between the top configurations % and by fasteners. Typically, each of the progressive spring rate load pads 72 is designed to have at least one slanted wall (e.g., slanted walls 1 〇 5, (7) 7) and a horizontal cross-section that is substantially different in size and generally similar in shape. For each of these embodiments, each horizontal section has a substantially similar shape to the other horizontal sections, but it does not have the same size or cross-sectional area as the other horizontal sections. The size change factor or similarity ratio is a function of the slope of the at least one oblique wall. The horizontal section can be any geometry required for packaging, weight or aesthetics. According to an exemplary embodiment, load pad 72 is an elastomeric graded spring rate load pad that is shaped to resemble a gold M407848 tower. In this regard, as shown in Fig. 1A, the load pad 72 includes a substrate 1 2, a dome-like elastic body 104, and a flattened top surface 1〇6. Substrate 1 2 can be made from a variety of suitable materials including, but not limited to, iron, steel, aluminum, plastic, and composite materials. The size and shape of the substrate can vary to any size or shape desired for packaging, weight and aesthetics. Preferably, the substrate 1〇2 is sized to match the top surface of the spring mount 7' to accommodate fasteners that secure it to the spring mount 70, and to minimize overall mass. The size and size of the elastomer 104 of the progressive spring rate load pad 72 is optimized to achieve the vertical spring rate requirement. For the present application, the vertical spring rate of the gradual spring rate load 塾 72 continuously increases as the load increases, thereby defining a curve shape without discontinuity in the illustration that the spring rate varies with the jerk load. The size and size of the elastomer 104 can be based on a form factor that is the area of the loaded surface (eg, flattening the top surface 丨〇6) versus the freely expanded unloaded surface (eg, the elastomer 1〇4 from the substrate 1〇2) The ratio of the total area to the four walls of the top surface 1〇6. The shape of the preferred gradient spring rate load pad 72 as indicated is very similar to the pyramid having the flattened top surface 106. By using this preferred shape, the vertical spring rate of the progressive elastic modulus load pad 72 linearly increases as the load increases. In one embodiment, the base of the elastomer 1〇4 has a wearing surface of 5吋×6吋, the top surface 106 has a wearing surface of 8〇8吋, and the elastic body 1〇4 has a height of 3 2 . The spring rate of the gradual spring rate negative pad 72 can be optimized by varying the hardness of the elastomer 1 〇4. By varying the hardness tester, a series of interchangeable spring rate load pads can be produced. M407848 Figure 11 illustrates an embodiment of an elastomeric graded spring rate load pad 72 with the substrate 102 completely encapsulated in the elastomer 1〇4 for greater corrosion resistance and friction at the spring dresser interface. . In an alternate embodiment, one portion of the substrate 1〇2 can be exposed (e.g., not covered by the elastomer 104). The exposed portion of the substrate 1〇2 can be protected against corrosion by means other than the member of the elastomer 104. In yet another embodiment, corrosion protection can be performed on all exposed portions of the substrate 102 (except for the edge φ edge of the exposed portion of the substrate 1〇2) by a member other than the elastomer 104. By way of example, the substrate 102 can extend beyond 0.25 吋 to 〇 5 ft beyond all portions of the widest portion of the pyramid portion of the elastomer 104. As illustrated in Figure 11, the load pad 72 has ears 108 that are incorporated into the substrate 1〇2. Each of the ears 1 〇 8 includes a through hole ι 9 through which the fastener can be inserted and fastened to the spring mount 7 〇 and/or the mount assembly to hold the load 塾 72 to the pylon 5 Inside. The through hole 1〇9 can have any of a variety of shapes. For example, the through holes 1〇9 may be rectangular. In this manner, the φ _ fastener can include a rounded square neck bolt, which is referred to in the art as a body bolt. As another example, the through hole 1〇9 may be circular. In this manner, the inserted fastener can include a hex head bolt. Alternatively, other δ-shaped fasteners and through-holes having corresponding shapes can be used. 12 through 15 illustrate an embodiment of a spring mount 7 包括 included in each spring module. The spring mount 7 〇 includes: a substantially flat top surface 〇 'where the gradual spring rate load pad 72 is disposed On the top surface 110; a pair = cavity m' is positioned on the opposite side of the spring mount 7G for receiving the cutting spring 68" and a pair of mount mounting apertures ι4, which are positioned at the 篑 篑 -17 The M407848 mounts on the opposite side of the shelf 70 to form a mount interface and permit attachment to the suspension mount 84. ~ The relatively clamped cavity 12 is preferably sized to accommodate shearing balls during assembly = 68. The horizontal span of the separation chamber 112 (provided by the spring mount) is also optimized to allow the shear spring 68 to be tightened during assembly, in addition to moving the shear spring over its entire stroke. The depth of the operating gap of the shear spring 'the cavity 112 can be optimized. In addition to the compression provided by the shear = spring and the holding force provided by the coefficient of friction between the shear spring and the mating component, the cavity depth The optimization also provides an auxiliary vertical for the shearing yellow Horizontal retention force. By using a preferred size, no fasteners are required for assembly (4) shearing of the magazine 68, but embodiments that require fasteners are also within the scope of the subject matter disclosed herein. The frame interface of 70 forms a spring mount _ the concave portion 116 of the frame mechanical joint 'The concave portion 116 has a desired angle for maintaining joint integrity under all operating conditions. For the suspension frame operable to handle the first - the maximum load frame assembly, preferably having a desired angle of about 16 degrees. In an alternative configuration, such as a frame assembly operable in a suspension to handle a second maximum load, the desired angle may be less than 16 degrees (such as 14 degrees), wherein the second maximum load is greater than the first maximum load. Generally familiar with this item: the operator should understand that the desired angle of the concave portion of the spring mount/frame mechanical joint can be A variety of degrees between 120 and 180 degrees. Spring mount - mount interface mechanical joint eliminates direct shear loading of fastener 丨 17 (see Figure 2) because shear loading is only supported by the joint. Spring Mount - Frame Interface Mechanical Joints Reduce Fastener Preloading M407848 Minimizes the number of fasteners required. Fasten two::, a standard hex head bolt or - hex flange bolt, or stay awake A fastener of the type. Preferably, the top j of the mount interface of the spring mount 7 has a radius of 2 inches. The atrium 1000 is fastened to the seat of the spring mount 70. At the interface of the frame, the spring tamper strip prevents contact at the peak of the frame interface. The fillet 300 also ensures that only the active surface of the mechanical joint is the inclined plane of the joint. In this way, the width is relaxed. The required tolerances can be used to construct the joint using the actual cast surface. The magazine mount 70 can be made from any of a variety of materials. In a more compact example, the spring mount 7 is made of D55 ductile iron. In another embodiment, the spring mount 7 can be made of, for example, another type of iron, steel, aluminum, composite material (such as carbon fiber) or some other material. 16 through 19 illustrate an embodiment of a mount assembly 74 that is included in a suspension frame. The frame assembly 74 includes a frame portion (or more simply, a frame ... and a frame cover end portion 86. - a half hole σ center is formed in the center of the frame portion to form a frame cover configuration In the upper half, another half-hole mb is formed in the seat cover end portion 86 to form the lower half of the frame cover configuration. Due to the loose tolerance of the frame cover configuration, the frame assembly 74 ( The include frame portion 84 and the frame cover end portion 86) can be assembled after casting. This configuration provides a frame cover interface with an attached equalizer beam or other vehicle component and is known in the art. The mount cover aperture 118 can be machined in the mount portion 84 and the mount cover end portion 86 such that when the mount assembly 19-M407848 74 is attached to the equalization beam 78 or other component, the stud is The fasteners shown in the form of 拴 and nuts (see Figure 16) can secure the frame portion M to the frame cover end portion 86. Figures 45 through 49 illustrate another alternative that can be used in the frame assembly 74. In one embodiment, in detail, FIGS. 45 to 47 illustrate the mount 84A, and FIG. 48 and the round bamboo illustrate the mount end portion 86A. The 84A and the frame cover end portion 86A can be made of iron, steel, aluminum, composite or some other material, and can each comprise separate castings formed by casting processes generally known to those skilled in the art. The mount 84A can include a through hole 848 formed when the mount 84A is cast, and the mount cover end portion 86A can include a through hole 86B formed when the mount cover end portion 86A is cast. The firmware is inserted into the through holes 84B, 86B for subsequent fastening and attachment of the frame cover end portion 86 to the mount 84A. In an alternate embodiment, the through holes 84B and/or the through holes 86b may be borrowed. Formed by machining. The mounts 84, 84A preferably have a space frame/truss-like geometry or configuration as illustrated to minimize component stress during suspension operating conditions and minimize component quality. The 84A further has a spring dress mounting aperture 122 for alignment with the mount mounting apertures 14 of the spring mount 70 or spring mount 346 (see Figure 26). The mounts 84, 84A are preferred for this. The magazine mounting frame interface includes a convex portion 124 that is convex Part of the frame is designed to be broken into the corresponding concave portion 16 of the spring mount-frame interface mechanical joint. For the convex portion of the frame to be used for handling the first maximum load in the suspension frame The span 138 of 124 is also preferably 丨6 。. In an alternative configuration (such as a mount assembly operable in the suspension to handle the second most 20·M407848 large load), the convexity of the mechanical joint The span of part (3) can be 160 degrees (such as 14G degrees). The skilled person should understand that the span m can be a plurality of degrees between 120 degrees and 18 degrees. The apex of the '84A magazine mount interface includes the frame rounded portion 3G2' to minimize stress concentration. The frame sleek portion 302 can
大於彈簣安_條则。在一較佳狀況下,座架圓潤部 3〇2之半徑比彈簧安裝架嵌條3〇〇之半徑大⑺毫米。以此方 式,若彈簧安裝架喪條300具有2〇毫米之半徑,則座架 潤部302具有3〇毫米之半徑。當彈簧安裝架7〇或彈菁安裝 架346緊固至座架84、幅之彈簧安裝架界面時,座架圓潤 部302防止在該彈簧安裝架界面之每值處的緊密接觸。座 架圓潤部302亦確保僅該機械接頭之作用中表面為該接頭 之傾斜平面。以此方式,放寬了所需公差,且可使用座架 及彈簧安裝架之實際鑄造表面來構造該接頭。 圖20及圖21說明可用於懸吊架5〇以及本文中所描述之其 他懸吊架中之均衡樑78(亦被稱為活動樑)的實施例。均衡 樑78較佳為具有頂板126、底板128、側板13〇、兩個端部 襯套轂80及一個中心襯套轂132之組裝式組件。中心襯套 轂132包括於側板130之中心部分中以保持安裝於其中之中 心襯套134,以用於連接至座架總成74。額外襯套136保持 於端部襯套縠80中,以用於以已知方式連接至串聯軸(未 圖示)。 歸因於在均衡樑中心襯套134處所產生之真實柩轉點, 均衡樑7 8之使用導致極小之轴間制動負載轉移。依靠此真 •21 - M407848 實樞轉點,均衡樑7 8之使用亦改良關節連接。 本文中所描述之懸吊架係模組化的。作為一實例,可根 據需要來設定車輛行駛高度。詳言之’可藉由將框架掛物 改變成在框架附接孔與剪切彈簧容腔之間具有不同尺寸之 另一框架掛物來改變車輛行駛高度。亦可藉由將座架改變 成在中心轂界面與其彈簧安裝架界面之間具有不同尺寸之 另一座架來改變車輛行駛高度。此外,使用具有不同尺寸 之其他框架掛物及座架來替換框架掛物及座架可改變車輛 行駛高度。 本文中所描述之原理可用於多種轴組態之多種彈性體彈 簧懸吊架中。舉例而言,儘管已描述了用於具有均衡樑之 串聯轴底盤的彈性體彈簧懸吊架,但藉由將座架調換成具 有適當軸界面之另一座架,該等原理擴展至單軸底盤、無 均衡樑之串聯軸底盤及三聯軸底盤(具有或不具有均衡 樑)。It is larger than the magazine. In a preferred condition, the radius of the slewing portion 3 〇 2 is greater than the radius of the spring mounting strip 3 ( (7) mm. In this manner, if the spring mount strip 300 has a radius of 2 mm, the mount moisture 302 has a radius of 3 mm. When the spring mount 7 or the elastomer mount 346 is fastened to the mount 84, the spring mount interface of the web, the mount rounding 302 prevents intimate contact at each value of the spring mount interface. The landscaping portion 302 also ensures that only the active mid-surface of the mechanical joint is the inclined plane of the joint. In this way, the required tolerances are relaxed and the joint can be constructed using the actual cast surface of the mount and spring mount. Figures 20 and 21 illustrate an embodiment of an equalizing beam 78 (also referred to as a movable beam) that can be used in the suspension frame 5 and in other suspensions described herein. The equalization beam 78 is preferably an assembled assembly having a top plate 126, a bottom plate 128, side plates 13A, two end bushing hubs 80, and a center bushing hub 132. A central bushing hub 132 is included in a central portion of the side panel 130 to remain mounted to the center bushing 134 for attachment to the mount assembly 74. An additional bushing 136 is retained in the end bushing 縠 80 for connection to a series shaft (not shown) in a known manner. Due to the true turning point generated at the equalizing beam center bushing 134, the use of the equalizing beam 78 results in a very small inter-axis brake load transfer. Relying on this true • 21 - M407848 real pivot point, the use of equalizing beam 7 8 also improves joint connection. The suspension frame described herein is modular. As an example, the vehicle ride height can be set as needed. In detail, the vehicle ride height can be changed by changing the frame hanger to another frame hanger having a different size between the frame attachment hole and the shear spring cavity. The vehicle ride height can also be changed by changing the mount to another mount of different size between the central hub interface and its spring mount interface. In addition, the use of other frame hangers and mounts of different sizes to replace the frame hangers and mounts can change the ride height of the vehicle. The principles described in this article can be used in a variety of elastomeric spring suspensions for a variety of axis configurations. For example, although an elastomeric spring suspension for a tandem axle chassis with equalizing beams has been described, the principle extends to a single-axis chassis by swapping the mount to another mount with a suitable axial interface. , a series shaft chassis without equalizing beams and a triple shaft chassis (with or without equalizing beams).
應注意,藉由向框架掛物總成添加彈簧模組或部分彈 模組,或藉由使用另一漸變彈簧率負載墊(諸如,修平 表面(頂點)具有更大表面積及/或更大基部之負載墊)來 換漸變彈簧率負載墊,可增大懸吊架之負載容量以匹配 底盤大j <者,藉由自框架掛物總成移除彈簧模組或 分彈簧模組,或藉由# S .X. _ w ^ 飞糟由使用另一漸變彈簧率負载墊(諸如 修平頂表面(頂點)具有更小类 a又J、衣面積及/或更小基部之負 塾)來替換漸變彈簧率負載墊, 、 科3^ J減小懸吊架之負載容 以匹配於底盤大小。 -22- M407848 2 ·額外例示性懸吊架 圖22說明另一彈簧懸吊架200之實施例,其經設計成較 佳地用於與具有串聯軸組態之職業或重型拖運卡車一起使 用。二個完整彈簧模組56界定框架掛物總成2〇2 ^此外, 在懸吊架200中使用之座架總成2〇4具有三個彈簀安裝架界 面°除了前述内容以外’懸吊架2〇〇相似於圖1所說明之懸 吊架50。額外彈簧模組56之使用為懸吊架200產生的負載It should be noted that by adding a spring module or a partial spring module to the frame hanger assembly, or by using another gradient spring rate load pad (such as a flattened surface (apex) having a larger surface area and/or a larger base) Load pad) to change the gradient spring rate load pad, can increase the load capacity of the suspension frame to match the chassis large j < by removing the spring module or the split spring module from the frame hanging assembly, or by # S .X. _ w ^ The fly is replaced by a gradient spring load pad (such as a flattened top surface (apex) with a smaller class a and J, a clothing area and/or a smaller base) The spring rate load pad, the section 3^J reduces the load capacity of the suspension frame to match the chassis size. -22- M407848 2 - Additional Exemplary Suspension Figure 22 illustrates an embodiment of another spring suspension 200 that is preferably designed for use with a professional or heavy haul truck having a tandem axle configuration . Two complete spring modules 56 define the frame hanger assembly 2〇2 ^ In addition, the frame assembly 2〇4 used in the suspension frame 200 has three magazine mounting interfaces. In addition to the foregoing, the suspension frame 2〇〇 is similar to the suspension 50 illustrated in FIG. The use of the additional spring module 56 is the load generated by the suspension 200
谷I大於為圖1所說明之懸吊架50產生的負載容量(假定其 他一切情況係等同的)。 根據一給定實施例,彈簧懸吊架2〇〇可具有及/或提供(但 不限於具有及/或提供)以下特性中之一或多者:⑴隨著施 加至懸吊架200之負載增大而連續增大之彈簧率(曲線的且 …、不連續性);(u)隨著施加至懸吊架2〇〇之負載增大而近乎 線陵增大之彈簧率;(iii)歸因於在均衡樑78之中心襯套處 所產生之樞轉點而導致的極小之軸間制動負載轉移及/或The valley I is greater than the load capacity produced by the suspension 50 illustrated in Figure 1 (assuming all other conditions are equivalent). According to a given embodiment, the spring suspension 2 can have and/or provide, but is not limited to, have and/or provide one or more of the following characteristics: (1) with the load applied to the suspension 200 Increasing and continuously increasing spring rate (curve and..., discontinuity); (u) the spring rate of the near-line increase as the load applied to the suspension 2 increases; (iii) Minimal inter-axis brake load transfer and/or due to pivot points generated at the center bushing of equalization beam 78
改良之關節連接;(iv)對懸吊架2〇〇之一或多個彈簧有極小 拉伸加載或無拉伸加載;(v)歸因於緊固件數目之減少、降 低緊固件預加載之關鍵性的機械接頭及懸吊架2〇〇之一或 夕個彈簧中之拉伸加載消除而獲得的改良之耐久性;(vi) 在輕度加載之底盤上良好之行駛品f,而未犧牲額定底盤 負栽下之側傾穩定性;(vii)對於輪胎鏈之使用無限制;及 \VU1)當使用懸吊架2〇〇之車輛遇到中等至大的道路條件或 知作條件變化時未歸因於輔助彈簧之嗔合或脫齧而導致彈 簧率突變。 23· M407848 圖23說明彈簧懸吊架250之又一實施例,其經設計成較 佳地用於與具有串聯軸組態之職業或重型拖運卡車一起使 用。懸吊架250具有界定框架掛物總成254之兩個完整彈簧 模組56及一個半/部分彈簧模組2S2。兩個完整彈簧模組56 大體上係如上文針對懸吊架5〇及2〇〇之實施例(分別在圖1 及圖22中予以說明)所描述加以構造。Improved articulation; (iv) minimal or no tensile loading of one or more springs of the suspension 2 ;; (v) due to a reduction in the number of fasteners, reduced fastener preloading Improved durability of critical mechanical joints and suspensions in one of the suspensions or one of the springs; (vi) good driving on a lightly loaded chassis, but not Sacrifice the stability of the roll under the rated chassis; (vii) unlimited use of the tire chain; and \VU1) when using a suspension frame 2 vehicles encounter medium to large road conditions or known conditions change The spring rate is not abrupt due to the coupling or disengagement of the auxiliary spring. 23· M407848 Figure 23 illustrates yet another embodiment of a spring hanger 250 that is designed for use with a professional or heavy haul truck having a tandem axle configuration. Suspension bracket 250 has two integral spring modules 56 and a half/part spring module 2S2 that define frame hanger assembly 254. The two complete spring modules 56 are generally constructed as described above for the embodiments of the suspension frames 5 and 2 (described in Figures 1 and 22, respectively).
在圖23之貫施例申’部分彈簧模組252包括具有底壁256 之框架附接部分255。漸變彈簧率負載墊72係藉由緊固件 保持且定位於底壁256與彈簧安裝架7〇之間,其中彈簧安 裝架70被包括作為部分彈簧模組252之部分。底壁256可包 括弯頂狀組態’諸如,上文所描述之弯頂狀組態94。在懸 吊架250中使用之座架總成2〇4可相似於在圖22所說明之懸 吊架200中使用的座架總成。除了兩個完整彈簧模組%以 外,部分彈簧模組252之使用為懸吊架25〇產生的負載容量 亦大於為圖!所說明之懸吊架50產生的負載容量(假定其他 一切情況係等同的)。The partial spring module 252 of Fig. 23 includes a frame attachment portion 255 having a bottom wall 256. The graded spring rate load pad 72 is held by fasteners and positioned between the bottom wall 256 and the spring mount 7A, wherein the spring mount 70 is included as part of the partial spring module 252. The bottom wall 256 can include a curved top configuration 'such as the curved top configuration 94 described above. The mount assembly 2〇4 used in the hanger 250 can be similar to the mount assembly used in the hanger 200 illustrated in FIG. In addition to the two complete spring module %, the load capacity generated by the use of the partial spring module 252 for the suspension frame 25 is also greater than the load capacity produced by the suspension frame 50 illustrated in the figure (assuming everything else is equivalent) of).
根據-給定實施例,彈簀懸吊架25〇可具有及/或提供( 不限於具有及/或提供)以下特性中之一或多者:⑴隨著 加至懸吊架250之負載增大而連續增大之彈簧率(曲線的 無不連續性隨著施加至懸吊架㈣之負載增大而近 線性增大之彈簧率;(iii)歸因於在均衡樑冗之中心襯套 所產生之樞轉點而導致的極小之轴 E…c 〈軸間制動負載轉移及/ 改良之關卽連接;(iv)對懸吊架25〇 知仏 或多個彈簧有極, 拉伸加載或無拉伸加載;(v)歸因於 T u仟數目之減少、丨 -24· M407848 低緊固件預加載之關鍵性的機械接頭及懸吊架250之一或 多個彈簧中之拉伸加載消除而獲得的改良之耐久性;(vi) 在輕度加載之底盤上良好之行駛品質,而未犧牲額定底盤 負載下之側傾穩定性;(vii)對於輪胎鏈之使用無限制;及 (viii)當使用懸吊架250之車輛遇到中等至大的道路條件或 操作條件變化時未歸因於辅助彈簧之嚙合或脫齧而導致彈 簧率突變。 圖25說明框架掛物總成3〇〇之一實施例,其包括框架界 面(例如,附接支架)302及可拆卸附接之彈簧模組(例如, 懸吊附接)304。框架界面302包括下壁306,下壁306准許 經由使用緊固件3 1 〇而附接至每一彈簣模組3〇4之上壁 308。緊固件31〇可如同緊固件117(上文所描述)加以組態。 彈簧模組304可包括剪切彈簧68、彈簧安裝架7〇及漸變彈 簧率負載墊72’諸如,上文所描述之剪切彈簧、彈簧安裝 架及漸變彈簧率負載墊。 對於此實施例,框架掛物總成3〇〇之使用增強了例示性 懸吊系統之模組性。舉例而言,使用具有懸吊架之不同垂 直彈簧率之彈簧的其他彈簧模組304來替換彈簧模組3〇4變 得容易。此外,可經由對通過框架界面3〇2機械加工之孔/ 孔口位置進行修改來吸收多種車架組態(亦即,行驶高度 及框架寬度)’從而准許生產統一、通用之彈簧模組3〇4。 此情形導致減少零件庫存量。此情形亦准許與全球之任何 工業標準框架組態相容,同時亦簡化了組裝。 模組化框架掛物總成300在其可經定大小及調適用於所 -25- M407848 有車架組態之意義上亦可為通用的。結果,單一彈簧模組 3〇4可用於所有車架組態。各種框架界面3〇2可用於每—特 定不同之車架組態。 接下來,圖26至圖28說明根據另一例示性實施例之框架 掛物總成330的各種視圖。框架掛物總成33〇可將縱向延伸 之框架軌(例如,框架轨52)支撐於車輛串聯軸組態之橫向 延伸之車軸上方。如圖26所說明,框架掛物總成33〇包括 框架掛物332、彈簧模組334、335,及附接至彈簧模組 334、335之外側的座架總成337 〇圖27為框架掛物總成33〇 之俯視圖。圖28說明座架總成337,以及附接至彈簧模組 334、335之内側的座架總成339。框架掛物332可經由使用 緊固件309而附接至彈簧模組334、335。座架總成337、 339可經由使用緊固件351而附接至彈簧模組334、335。緊 固件309、351可如同緊固件117(上文所描述)加以組態。 框架掛物332可經配置成多種組態以附接至多種車輛。 該多種車輛可各自具有各別框架組態(例如,行駛高度、 框架軌寬度及/或框架軌孔圖案)。在第一組態中,框架掛 物332可(例如)包含垂直壁33 8,垂直壁338具有⑴第一壁 高度及(ii)第一框架掛物孔圖案。在第二組態中,框架掛 物332可(例如)包含垂直壁338,垂直壁338具有⑴第二壁 尚度及(11)第一框架掛物孔圖案或另一框架掛物孔圖案。 出於此描述之目的,第二壁高度大於第一壁高度。以此方 式,藉由使用垂直壁338具有第二壁高度之框架掛物332來 替換垂直壁338具有第一壁高度之框架掛物332,及/或藉 -26- M407848 由使用尺寸不同於座架總成337、339之尺寸的座架總成來 替換座架總成337、339,可增大車輛之行駛高度。框架掛 物332之其他組態亦係可能的,諸如,經配置有不同於每 一其他框架掛物組態之壁高度及框架掛物孔圖案組合之壁 高度及框架掛物孔圖案的組態。According to a given embodiment, the magazine hanger 25 can have and/or provide (without limitation and/or provide) one or more of the following characteristics: (1) as the load applied to the suspension 250 increases Large and continuously increasing spring rate (no discontinuity of the curve with a nearly linear increase in spring rate as the load applied to the suspension (4) increases; (iii) due to the central bushing at the equilibrium beam redundancy The minimum axis E...c caused by the resulting pivot point <Inter-axis brake load transfer and/or improved connection; (iv) the suspension bracket 25 or multiple springs, tensile loading Or no tensile loading; (v) due to the reduction in the number of T u仟, the critical mechanical joint of the 丨-24· M407848 low fastener preload and the stretching of one or more springs of the suspension 250 Improved durability obtained by loading elimination; (vi) good driving quality on a lightly loaded chassis without sacrificing roll stability at rated chassis load; (vii) unlimited use of the tire chain; (viii) when a vehicle using the suspension frame 250 encounters moderate to large road conditions or operating conditions change A sudden change in spring rate due to engagement or disengagement of the auxiliary spring. Figure 25 illustrates an embodiment of a frame hanger assembly 3 that includes a frame interface (e.g., attachment bracket) 302 and a detachable attached spring A module (eg, suspension attachment) 304. The frame interface 302 includes a lower wall 306 that permits attachment to the upper wall 308 of each magazine module 3〇4 via the use of fasteners 3 1 。. The firmware 31 can be configured like a fastener 117 (described above). The spring module 304 can include a shear spring 68, a spring mount 7〇, and a gradient spring rate load pad 72' such as the scissors described above Cutting springs, spring mounts, and graded spring rate load pads. For this embodiment, the use of the frame hanger assembly 3 enhances the modularity of the exemplary suspension system. For example, using a different suspension It is easier to replace the spring module 3〇4 with the other spring module 304 of the spring of the spring rate. In addition, various frame groups can be absorbed by modifying the hole/orifical position machined through the frame interface 3〇2. State (ie, ride height) The frame width) allows the production of a uniform, universal spring module 3〇4. This situation leads to a reduction in parts inventory. This situation also allows compatibility with any industry standard frame configuration worldwide, while simplifying assembly. The frame hanger assembly 300 can also be used in the sense that it can be sized and adapted to the frame configuration of the-25-M407848. As a result, a single spring module 3〇4 can be used for all frame groups. Various frame interfaces 〇 2 can be used for each specific frame configuration. Next, Figures 26 through 28 illustrate various views of a frame hanger assembly 330 in accordance with another exemplary embodiment. The longitudinally extending frame rails (e.g., frame rails 52) can be supported above the laterally extending axle of the vehicle series axle configuration. As illustrated in Fig. 26, the frame hanger assembly 33 includes a frame hanger 332, spring modules 334, 335, and a frame assembly 337 attached to the outer side of the spring modules 334, 335. Figure 27 is a frame hanger assembly. Top view of 33〇. Figure 28 illustrates the mount assembly 337 and the mount assembly 339 attached to the inside of the spring modules 334, 335. The frame hanger 332 can be attached to the spring modules 334, 335 via the use of fasteners 309. The mount assemblies 337, 339 can be attached to the spring modules 334, 335 via the use of fasteners 351. The fasteners 309, 351 can be configured as fasteners 117 (described above). The frame hanger 332 can be configured in a variety of configurations to attach to a variety of vehicles. The various vehicles may each have a respective frame configuration (eg, ride height, frame rail width, and/or frame rail hole pattern). In a first configuration, the frame hanger 332 can, for example, comprise a vertical wall 33, and the vertical wall 338 has (1) a first wall height and (ii) a first frame hanging aperture pattern. In a second configuration, the frame hanger 332 can, for example, comprise a vertical wall 338 having (1) a second wall and (11) a first frame hanging aperture pattern or another frame hanging aperture pattern. For the purposes of this description, the second wall height is greater than the first wall height. In this manner, the frame wall 332 having the first wall height of the vertical wall 338 is replaced by the frame hanger 332 having the second wall height of the vertical wall 338, and/or the -26-M407848 is used by a different size than the frame. The frame assemblies of sizes 337 and 339 replace the frame assemblies 337, 339 to increase the ride height of the vehicle. Other configurations of the frame hanger 332 are also possible, such as configurations configured with wall heights other than the frame height of each of the other frame configurations and the combination of the frame hanging hole pattern and the frame hanging hole pattern.
該多種框架掛物孔圖案可匹配於框架軌·之外側垂直壁中 之各別框架軌孔圖案。可將諸如緊固件117之緊固件插入 通過垂直壁338之孔且通過框架執之外側垂直壁,以用於 隨後將框架掛物332緊固至框架軌。 框架掛物332可由鐵、鋼、紹、複合材料或某種其他材 料製成。如圖26所說明,框架掛物332包括具有第一下壁 端340及第二下壁端342之下壁33卜如圖27所說明,下壁 336包括兩個通孔集合31卜每一通孔集合3ιι經配置成2 定彈簧模組附接孔圖案,該圖案匹配於彈簧模組M4、 中之孔。框架掛物332亦包括自壁端34〇延伸至壁端342之 垂直壁338。 彈簧模組334、335各自包含彈簧模組Μ*、彈簧安裝架 346、漸變彈簧率負載墊348及剪切彈簧35〇、352。彈簧模 、·且334、335可互換,且可為對稱的,使得彈簧模組別、 33:可定位於車輛之左側或者右側以及框架掛物咖之前部 或後部。座架總成337、339可附接至彈簧安裝架346,且 可附接至縱向延伸之組裝式均衡樑(亦即,活動樑K未圖 示)之中心襯套。此後,出於多種原因(例如,座架總成 心奶之維修及/或替換之任—種,可使座架總成 •27· M407848 337、339自彈簧安裝架346及/或均衡樑脫離。 圖55至圖57說明根據一實施例之框架掛物總成33〇的額 外視圖,在該實施例中,使用框架掛物333來替換框架掛 物332(參見圖26至圖28)。框架掛物333可經由使用緊固件 309而附接至彈簧模組334、335。 框架掛物3 3 3可經配置成多種組態以附接至多種車輛。 該多種車輛可各自具有各別框架組態(例如,行駛高度、 框架軌寬度及/或框架轨孔圖案)。在第一組態中,框架掛 物333可(例如)包含垂直壁341,垂直壁341具有⑴第一壁 南度及(ii)第一框架掛物孔圖案。在第二組態中,框架掛 物333可(例如)包含垂直壁341,垂直壁341具有(丨)第二壁 南度及(η)第一框架掛物孔圖案或另一框架掛物孔圖案。 出於此描述之目的,第二壁高度大於第一壁高度。以此方 式,藉由使用垂直壁341具有第二壁高度之框架掛物333來 替換垂直壁34i具有第一壁高度之框架掛物333,可增大車 輛之行駛高度。框架掛物333之其他組態亦係可能的,諸 如,經配置有不同於每一其他框架掛物組態之壁高度及框 架掛物孔圖案組合之壁高度及框架掛物孔圖案的組態。 該多種框架掛物孔圖案可匹配於框架軌之外側垂直壁中 之各別框架軌孔圖案。可將諸如緊固件117之緊固件插入 通過垂直壁341之孔且通過框架軌之外側垂直壁,以用於 隨後將框架掛物333緊固至框架軌。 框架掛物333可由鐵、鋼、鋁、複合材料或某種其他材 料製成。如圖55所說明,框架掛物333包括具有第一下壁 •28· M407848 端3 80及第二下壁端381之下壁3 82。如圖27所說明,下壁 382包括兩個通孔集合383。每一通孔集合383經配置成給 定彈簧模組附接孔圖案。下壁382亦可包括用於將框架掛 物333附接至車輛框架軌(例如,框架軌52)之下側的孔 3 84。垂直壁341自壁端380延伸至壁端381。 • 接下來,圖29至圖31說明彈簧殼體344之一實施例的各 種視圖。彈簧殼體344可由鐵、鋼、鋁、複合材料或某種 籲 其他材料製成。在一較佳實施例中,彈簧殼體344較佳為 經由一般熟習此項技術者所知之鑄造程序製成的鑄件。在 一替代實施例中,彈簧殼體344可為多個鑄件及/或鍛件之 裝配件。如圖30及圖33所說明,彈簧殼體344包括凹陷 357,凹陷357為用以減少彈簧殼體344之重量的省料型芯 (metal saver) ° 彈簧设體344包括内部部分345,彈簧安裝架346、負載 塾348及剪切彈箐350、352可安裝於内部部分345中。内部 • 部分345可至少部分地藉由底壁354、頂壁356及側壁358、 360界疋。頂壁356較佳地具有通孔37〇,通孔37〇經配置成 與框架掛物332或333中之通孔(例如,通孔311或383)之圖 案相同的孔圖案。頂壁356亦可具有匹配於框架軌及/或框 架軌下角撐之底側上之通孔的通孔371。可將緊固件3〇9插 入通過通孔311或383及通孔370,以便允許將彈簧模組 334、335緊固及附接至柩架掛物。在一替代實施例中,代 替通孔370 ’彈簧殼體344可使用未自始至終延伸通過頂壁 3 5 6之螺紋孔。 -29- M407848 圖32及圖33為彈簧殼體344之剖視圖。如此等圖所說 明’彈簧殼體344包括彈簧殼體容腔364、366,及在頂壁 356中之穹頂狀組態368。穹頂狀組態368可在負載墊348受 到負載時控制負載墊348之鼓突,以便增長負載墊348之有 效壽命。穹頂狀組態368亦消除了可能在負載墊348接觸頂 壁356時損壞負載墊348之尖銳邊緣。 容腔364具有較佳地經最佳化以容置剪切彈簣35〇之高 度、寬度及深度尺寸,且容腔366具有較佳地經最佳化以 容置剪切彈簧352之高度、寬度及深度尺寸。容腔364、 366之間的跨度372較佳地經最佳化以在組裝時使剪切彈簧 350、352受到壓縮。對剪切彈簧35〇、352之壓縮可(例如) 為約13,〇〇〇磅至2〇,〇〇〇磅之負載。另外,較佳地為了剪 切彈簧35〇、352在其整個衝程上移動時該等剪切彈簧之操 作間隙,容腔364、366之深度被最佳化。除了藉由剪切彈 簧 352之壓縮及藉由剪切彈箦35〇、352與配合部件 (例如’容腔364、366及彈簧安裝架346)之間的摩擦係數提 供的保持力以夕卜’容腔深度之最佳化亦提供對剪切彈簧 35〇、352之辅助垂直及水平保持力。藉由使用較佳尺寸, 組裝時不需要緊固件來保持剪切彈簧350、352,但需要 及/或使用緊固件來保持剪切彈簧350、352之替代實施例 亦係在本文中所揭示之標的物 的範疇内。 在圖26及圖29中’彈簧殼體344經說明為無減振器。然 而’在替代實施例t ’彈簧殼體344可包括在底壁354上方 之減振器。此減振器可如同上文所描述之減振器90加以配 M407848 置。 接下來,圖34至圖38說明漸變彈簧率負載塾348之一實 施例的各種視圖。如圖37所說明’負載墊348包括基板 400、剛度板(rate plate)402,以及包括第一墊部分4〇6及第 一塾部分408之塾材料404。基板400包括頂側41 〇、底側 412,及在頂側410與底側412之間的多個邊緣414。相似 地,剛度板402包括頂側416、底側418,及在頂側416與底 側418之間的多個邊緣420。 圖50及圖5 1分別說明基板400及剛度板4〇2之實施例的平 面圖。如圖50及圖51所說明’基板400及剛度板402各自具 有通孔422,以允許墊材料404在負載墊348之製造期間傳 遞通過板400、402。基板400包括具有通孔426之耳部 424,通孔426係用於將負載墊348安裝至彈簧安裝架346。 在一較佳實施例中,耳部424在基板400之中心線的相對側 上偏移。在替代實施例中,耳部424之中心線可與基板4〇〇 之中心線相同。可將緊固件362插入通過耳部424且緊固至 彈簧安裝架346及/或座架總成337、339,以便將負載墊 348保持於彈簧殼體344内。 基板400及剛度板402可由多種材料中之任一種製成,諸 如,鋼、鋁、鐵、塑膠、複合材料或某種其他材料。根據 一例示性實施例’邊緣414、420各自具有6.35 mm(大約 0.25时)之而度’基板400具有152.4 mm(6.0Oit)之長度及 152.4 mm之寬度’且剛度板402具有152.4 mm之長度及 152.4 mm之寬度。基板400之例示性長度及寬度尺寸未考 -31 · M407848 慮到耳部424之尺寸。一般熟習此項技術者應理解,板 400、402可具有不同於上文所列尺寸之尺寸。 圖38為沿圖36中之線B_B所取的圖%所說明之負載墊的 垂直截面圖。如圖38所說明,墊部分406具有平坦頂表面 428 ^根據一例示性實施例,墊部分4〇6之每一垂直截面具 有兩個斜邊緣,諸如,圓38所說明之斜邊緣43〇、。另 外,墊部分406通體上具有大小不同、形狀相似之水平截 面。詳言之,每一水平截面與其他水平截面具有大體上相 似之形狀,但其不具有與其他水平截面之大小或截面積相 同的大小或截面積。水平截面之大小改變因子(例如,相 似比)為斜度之函數^墊部分4〇6之最大水平截面較佳地黏 合至剛度板402之頂側416,而墊部分406之最小截面較佳 為頂表面428。墊部分406之水平截面可為封裝、重量或美 學所需要之任何幾何形狀(例如,圓形、矩形或三角形)。 圖52及圖53說明負載墊之替代實施例,其具有基板4〇〇、 剛度板402,及包括墊部分406及408之墊材料404。 墊部分406之大小及尺寸可基於上文所描述之形狀因 子。根據墊部分406具有金字塔形狀之實施例且藉由實 例,墊部分406之最大水平截面具有155 4 mm(大約6丨吋) 之長度及155.4 mm之寬度,墊部分4〇6之最小截面具有 45.7 mm(大約1.8吋)之長度,且墊部分4〇6之高度為83 mm(大約3.3吋)^ 一般熟習此項技術者應理解,或者,墊 部分406可具有其他尺寸。 墊部分408較佳地具有形狀相似於剛度板402之水平截面 •32- M407848 形狀之形狀的水平截面。墊部分408之此等水平截面可具 有實質上相似於剛度板402之尺寸的尺寸。在此狀況下, 實質上相似」係正或負】5%。根據剛度板402具有矩形 幵v狀(具有或不具有圓角)之例示性實施例墊部分之最 大水平截面可具有155.4 mm之長度及155.4 mm之寬度,而 塾部分408之最小水平截面可具有145.4 mm(大約5.7吋)之 長度及145.4mm之寬度。 在此實施例中,墊材料404可包含多種材料中之任一 種。在一方面,墊材料4〇4可包含彈性體,諸如,天然橡 膠、合成橡膠、苯乙烯丁二烯、合成聚異戊二烯、丁基橡 膠、丁腈橡膠、乙烯丙烯橡膠、聚丙烯酸橡膠、高密度聚 乙烯、熱塑性彈性體、熱塑性聚烯烴(τρ〇)、胺基甲酸 酉曰、聚胺基f酸酯、熱塑性聚胺基曱酸酯(τρυ)或某種其 他類型之彈性體。在此方面且詳言之,墊材料4〇4可包含 定義為 ASTM D2000 M4AA 621A13B13C12F17K11Z1 之彈性體,其中Z1表示經選擇以達成所要壓縮剛度曲線之 硬度计。所選擇之硬度計可基於給定之預定義標度,諸 如,Shore A標度、ASTM D2240型 A標度或 ASTM D2240型 D標度。在一較佳實施例t,根據Sh〇re a標度,ζι(例如) 較佳為70土5 »在另一實施例中,根據Sh〇re A標度,ζι (例 如)係在50至80之範圍内β Z1之其他實例亦係可能的。 在另一方面,墊材料404可包含黏彈性體材料,當負載 墊348在範圍(無負載至待施加至該負載墊之最大預期負 載加上給定臨限值)内受到負載時,該黏彈性體材料具有 •33- M407848 彈性特性。該給定臨限值考慮到負載墊348之可能超載。 作為一實例,該黏彈性體材料可包含非晶態聚合物、车a 丁日日 態聚合物及生物聚合物。 可藉由將基板400及剛度板402插入至一模具(未圖示)中 而形成負載墊348。基板400及剛度板402可塗佈有塗層材 料(上文已描述其一實例)》可向該等經塗佈之板施加黏合 劑以將該等板黏合至墊材料404。施加塗層材料及/或施加 黏合劑可發生於將板400、402插入至模具中之前、期間 及/或之後。在施加塗層材料及黏合劑之後,可將塾材料 404插入至模具中《墊材料404較佳地覆蓋邊緣414、420, 或邊緣414、420之至少一實質部分。作為一實例,邊緣 414、420之該實質部分可包括邊緣414、42〇之所有部分, 惟用以將板400、402定位於模具内之心型樓部分除外。邊 緣414、420處之墊材料404可為1.5 mm(大約〇.〇6忖)厚。 一般熟習此項技術者應理解,在懸吊架5〇、2〇〇、25〇、 300中使用之負載墊可如同負載墊348加以配置。一般熟習 此項技術者亦應理解,負載墊348可經配置有相似於剛度 板402之一或多個額外剛度板,及(對於每一額外剛度板)相 似於墊部分408之各別墊部分。在此等替代配置中,每一 額外剛度板係在墊材料404之前插入至模具中。 接下來,圖39至圖44說明彈簧安裝架346之—實施例的 各種視圓。彈簧安裝架346包括側452、454。彈簧安裝架 3钧可為對稱的,使得側452、斗“可用於車輛之内側或外 側上。在懸吊架50、200、250、3〇〇令使用之彈菁安裝架 •34· M407848 70可如同彈簧安裝架3 46加以配置。 彈簧安裝架346包括大體上平坦頂表面4M及壁部分 • 466 ' 468,其中負載墊(例如,負載墊348)安置於頂表面 464上。使平坦頂表面464處於低於壁部分466、468之頂部 分的位準會允許使用較高負載墊。在一替代配置中頂^ . 面464可與壁部分466、468處於相同位準。 • 如圖43所說明,彈簧安裝架346包括定位於彈簧安裝架 φ 346之相對側上的一對容腔470、472。容腔470、472較佳 地經定尺寸以在組裝時容置剪切彈簧35〇、352。分離容腔 470、472之水平跨度471經最佳化以在組裝時使剪切彈簧 350、352受到所要壓縮。為了剪切彈簧35〇、352在其整個 衝程上移動時剪切彈簧35〇、352之操作間隙,容腔47〇、 472之深度被最佳化。除了藉由剪切彈簧35〇、gw之壓縮 及藉由剪切彈簧350與配合部件(例如,容腔364、47〇)之間 的摩擦係數以及剪切彈簧352與配合部件(例如,容腔 • 366、472)之間的摩擦係數提供的保持力以外,容腔深度 之最佳化亦提供對剪切彈簀350、352之輔助垂直及水平保 持力。藉由使用跨度471、容腔47〇、472之深度、跨度 372、容腔364、366之深度及剪切彈簧35〇、352之長度之 較佳尺寸,組裝時不需要緊固件來保持剪切彈簧35〇、 352,但確實需要緊固件來保持剪切彈簧35〇、352之實施 例亦係在本文中所揭示之標的物的範疇内。 如圖39及圖40所說明,彈簧安裝架346包括:⑴外側座 架界面456其形成機械接頭之具有給定角度之凹形部 •35- M407848 分;(ii)内側座架界面458,其形成另一機械接頭之具有該 給定角度之凹形部分;(iii)外側座架安裝孔口 46〇 ; (iv)内 側座架安裝孔口461 ;及(iv)負载墊安裝孔口 462。座架安 裝孔口 460、461分別為座架界面456、458之部分。插入至 座架337、339之安裝孔口及座架安裝孔口 46〇、461中的緊 固件允許將座架337、339附接至彈簧安裝架346。 圖44說明彈簧安裝架-座架機械接頭之凹形部分482,其 具有用於在所有操作條件下維持接頭完整性之所要角度。 作為一實例,對於懸吊架中可操作以處置第一最大負載之 座架總成,所要角度較佳為約16〇度。作為另一實例對 於懸吊架中可操作以處置第二最大負載之座架總成,所要 角度可小於160度(例如,140度),其中第二最大負載大於 第最大負載。彈簧安裝架-座架界面機械接頭消除了對 緊固件351(參見圖26)之直接剪切加載,因為剪切加載僅僅 由該接頭承又。彈簧安裝架_座架界面機械接頭降低了緊 固件預加載之關鍵性且最小化了所需緊固件之數目。一般 熟習此項技術者應理解’所要角度可為介於⑶度與18〇度 之間的多種度數。 、458之頂點可包括彈簧安裝架嵌條48〇,The plurality of frame hanging hole patterns can be matched to respective frame rail hole patterns in the frame rails and the outer side vertical walls. A fastener, such as fastener 117, can be inserted through the aperture of vertical wall 338 and through the frame to the outer vertical wall for subsequent fastening of frame hanger 332 to the frame rail. The frame hanger 332 can be made of iron, steel, slag, composite or some other material. As illustrated in Fig. 26, the frame hanger 332 includes a first lower wall end 340 and a second lower wall end 342 a lower wall 33. As illustrated in Fig. 27, the lower wall 336 includes two through hole sets 31. 3 ι is configured as a 2 spring module attachment hole pattern, the pattern is matched with the hole in the spring module M4. The frame hanger 332 also includes a vertical wall 338 that extends from the wall end 34'' to the wall end 342. The spring modules 334, 335 each include a spring module Μ*, a spring mount 346, a graded spring rate load pad 348, and shear springs 35A, 352. The spring molds, and 334, 335 are interchangeable and may be symmetrical such that the spring modules, 33: can be positioned to the left or right side of the vehicle and to the front or rear of the frame hanging coffee. The mount assemblies 337, 339 can be attached to the spring mount 346 and can be attached to a central bushing of a longitudinally extending assembled equalization beam (i.e., the movable beam K is not shown). Thereafter, the mount assembly 27· M407848 337, 339 can be detached from the spring mount 346 and/or the equalizer beam for a variety of reasons (eg, repair and/or replacement of the mount assembly) Figures 55-57 illustrate additional views of the frame hanger assembly 33A in accordance with an embodiment in which frame hangers 333 are replaced with frame hangers 333 (see Figures 26-28). Frame hangers 333 may Attached to the spring modules 334, 335 via the use of fasteners 309. The frame hangers 3 3 3 can be configured in a variety of configurations to attach to a variety of vehicles. The various vehicles can each have a respective frame configuration (eg, driving Height, frame rail width and/or frame rail hole pattern.) In a first configuration, the frame hanger 333 can, for example, comprise a vertical wall 341 having (1) a first wall south and (ii) a first frame Hanging hole pattern. In a second configuration, the frame hanger 333 can, for example, comprise a vertical wall 341 having a second wall south and (n) a first frame hanging hole pattern or another frame hanging Hole pattern. For the purposes of this description, The wall height is greater than the first wall height. In this manner, by using the frame hanger 333 having the second wall height of the vertical wall 341 to replace the frame wall 333 having the first wall height of the vertical wall 34i, the ride height of the vehicle can be increased. Other configurations of the frame hanger 333 are also possible, such as configurations configured with wall heights other than the wall height of each of the other frame hanger configurations and the combination of the frame hanging hole pattern and the frame hanging hole pattern. The hanging hole pattern can be matched to the respective frame rail pattern in the vertical wall on the outer side of the frame rail. A fastener such as fastener 117 can be inserted through the hole in the vertical wall 341 and through the vertical wall on the outside of the frame rail for subsequent The frame hanger 333 is fastened to the frame rail. The frame hanger 333 can be made of iron, steel, aluminum, composite material or some other material. As illustrated in Figure 55, the frame hanger 333 includes a first lower wall • 28· M407848 end 3 80 and second lower wall end 381 lower wall 3 82. As illustrated in Figure 27, lower wall 382 includes two through hole sets 383. Each through hole set 383 is configured to provide a given spring module attachment hole The lower wall 382 can also include a hole 3 84 for attaching the frame hanger 333 to the underside of the vehicle frame rail (e.g., the frame rail 52). The vertical wall 341 extends from the wall end 380 to the wall end 381. 29 through 31 illustrate various views of one embodiment of a spring housing 344. The spring housing 344 can be made of iron, steel, aluminum, composite material, or some other material. In a preferred embodiment, The spring housing 344 is preferably a casting made by a casting process generally known to those skilled in the art. In an alternate embodiment, the spring housing 344 can be a plurality of castings and/or forging assemblies. As illustrated in Figures 30 and 33, the spring housing 344 includes a recess 357 which is a metal saver for reducing the weight of the spring housing 344. The spring housing 344 includes an inner portion 345, spring mounted Rack 346, load jaws 348 and shear magazines 350, 352 can be mounted in inner portion 345. The interior portion 345 can be at least partially bounded by the bottom wall 354, the top wall 356, and the side walls 358, 360. The top wall 356 preferably has a through hole 37 that is configured to be the same pattern of holes as the pattern of through holes (e.g., through holes 311 or 383) in the frame hanger 332 or 333. The top wall 356 can also have a through hole 371 that matches the through hole on the bottom side of the frame rail and/or the lower gusset of the frame rail. Fasteners 3〇9 can be inserted through through holes 311 or 383 and through holes 370 to allow the spring modules 334, 335 to be fastened and attached to the truss. In an alternate embodiment, instead of the through hole 370' spring housing 344, a threaded bore that does not extend through the top wall 356 can be used. -29- M407848 Figs. 32 and 33 are cross-sectional views of the spring case 344. As indicated by the figures, the spring housing 344 includes spring housing pockets 364, 366 and a dome-like configuration 368 in the top wall 356. The dome configuration 368 can control the bulging of the load pad 348 when the load pad 348 is under load to increase the effective life of the load pad 348. The dome configuration 368 also eliminates the sharp edges that may damage the load pad 348 when the load pad 348 contacts the top wall 356. The cavity 364 is preferably optimized to accommodate the height, width and depth dimensions of the shear magazine 35, and the cavity 366 is preferably optimized to accommodate the height of the shear spring 352, Width and depth dimensions. The span 372 between the cavities 364, 366 is preferably optimized to compress the shear springs 350, 352 upon assembly. The compression of the shear springs 35, 352 can be, for example, about 13, from pounds to 2 inches, and the load of the pounds. Additionally, the depth of the cavities 364, 366 is preferably optimized to facilitate the clearance of the shear springs as the shear springs 35, 352 move over their entire stroke. In addition to the compression provided by the shear spring 352 and by the friction coefficient between the shearing jaws 35, 352 and the mating components (eg, 'cavity 364, 366 and spring mount 346), The optimization of the cavity depth also provides an auxiliary vertical and horizontal retention of the shear springs 35A, 352. By using a preferred size, no fasteners are needed to hold the shear springs 350, 352 during assembly, but alternative embodiments that require and/or use fasteners to hold the shear springs 350, 352 are also disclosed herein. Within the scope of the subject matter. In Figures 26 and 29, the spring housing 344 is illustrated as being damper free. However, in the alternative embodiment t' the spring housing 344 can include a damper above the bottom wall 354. This damper can be equipped with M407848 as described above for damper 90. Next, Figures 34 through 38 illustrate various views of one embodiment of a gradient spring rate load 塾 348. As illustrated in Fig. 37, the load pad 348 includes a substrate 400, a rate plate 402, and a tantalum material 404 including a first pad portion 4〇6 and a first meander portion 408. The substrate 400 includes a top side 41 〇, a bottom side 412, and a plurality of edges 414 between the top side 410 and the bottom side 412. Similarly, the stiffness plate 402 includes a top side 416, a bottom side 418, and a plurality of edges 420 between the top side 416 and the bottom side 418. Fig. 50 and Fig. 5 are plan views showing an embodiment of the substrate 400 and the rigidity plate 4〇2, respectively. As illustrated in Figures 50 and 51, the substrate 400 and the stiffness plate 402 each have a through hole 422 to allow the pad material 404 to pass through the plates 400, 402 during manufacture of the load pad 348. The substrate 400 includes an ear portion 424 having a through hole 426 for mounting the load pad 348 to the spring mount 346. In a preferred embodiment, the ears 424 are offset on opposite sides of the centerline of the substrate 400. In an alternate embodiment, the centerline of the ear 424 can be the same as the centerline of the substrate 4A. Fasteners 362 can be inserted through ears 424 and secured to spring mounts 346 and/or mount assemblies 337, 339 to retain load pads 348 within spring housing 344. Substrate 400 and stiffness plate 402 can be made from any of a variety of materials, such as steel, aluminum, iron, plastic, composites, or some other material. According to an exemplary embodiment, the edges 414, 420 each have a thickness of 6.35 mm (about 0.25 hrs). The substrate 400 has a length of 152.4 mm (6.0 Oit) and a width of 152.4 mm and the stiffness plate 402 has a length of 152.4 mm. And a width of 152.4 mm. The exemplary length and width dimensions of the substrate 400 are not tested. -31 · M407848 The size of the ear portion 424 is considered. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the plates 400, 402 can be of a different size than those listed above. Figure 38 is a vertical sectional view of the load pad illustrated in Figure 100 taken along line B_B of Figure 36. As illustrated in Figure 38, the pad portion 406 has a flat top surface 428. According to an exemplary embodiment, each vertical section of the pad portion 4A has two beveled edges, such as the beveled edge 43 of the circle 38. . In addition, the pad portion 406 has horizontal sections having different sizes and shapes similar to each other. In particular, each horizontal section has a substantially similar shape to the other horizontal sections, but it does not have the same size or cross-sectional area as the other horizontal sections. The horizontal section size change factor (e.g., the similarity ratio) is a function of the slope. The maximum horizontal section of the pad portion 4〇6 is preferably bonded to the top side 416 of the stiffness plate 402, and the minimum cross-section of the pad portion 406 is preferably Top surface 428. The horizontal section of the pad portion 406 can be any geometric shape (e.g., circular, rectangular, or triangular) required for packaging, weight, or aesthetics. 52 and 53 illustrate an alternate embodiment of a load pad having a substrate 4, a stiffness plate 402, and a pad material 404 including pad portions 406 and 408. The size and size of the pad portion 406 can be based on the shape factor described above. According to an embodiment in which the pad portion 406 has a pyramid shape and by way of example, the maximum horizontal section of the pad portion 406 has a length of 155 4 mm (about 6 inches) and a width of 155.4 mm, and the smallest section of the pad portion 4〇6 has 45.7. The length of mm (about 1.8 inches) and the height of the pad portion 4〇6 is 83 mm (about 3.3 inches). It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the pad portion 406 can have other dimensions. Pad portion 408 preferably has a horizontal cross-section that is similar in shape to the shape of the horizontal section of the stiffness plate 402, 32-M407848. Such horizontal sections of the pad portion 408 can have dimensions substantially similar to the dimensions of the stiffness plate 402. In this case, it is substantially similar to "positive or negative" 5%. According to an exemplary embodiment of the stiffness plate 402 having a rectangular 幵v shape (with or without rounded corners), the maximum horizontal section of the pad portion may have a length of 155.4 mm and a width of 155.4 mm, and the smallest horizontal section of the haptic portion 408 may have The length of 145.4 mm (about 5.7 inches) and the width of 145.4 mm. In this embodiment, the pad material 404 can comprise any of a variety of materials. In one aspect, the mat material 4〇4 may comprise an elastomer such as natural rubber, synthetic rubber, styrene butadiene, synthetic polyisoprene, butyl rubber, nitrile rubber, ethylene propylene rubber, polyacrylic rubber , high density polyethylene, thermoplastic elastomer, thermoplastic polyolefin (τρ〇), guanidinium carboxylate, polyamino f-ester, thermoplastic polyamino phthalate (τρυ) or some other type of elastomer. In this regard and in detail, the mat material 4〇4 can comprise an elastomer defined as ASTM D2000 M4AA 621A13B13C12F17K11Z1, where Z1 represents a durometer selected to achieve a desired compression stiffness curve. The selected durometer can be based on a given predefined scale, such as Shore A scale, ASTM D2240 Type A scale, or ASTM D2240 Type D scale. In a preferred embodiment t, according to the Sh〇re a scale, ζι (for example) is preferably 70 ± 5 » In another embodiment, according to the Sh〇re A scale, ζι is, for example, at 50 to Other examples of β Z1 within the range of 80 are also possible. In another aspect, the mat material 404 can comprise a viscoelastic material that is loaded when the load pad 348 is loaded within a range (no load to a maximum expected load to be applied to the load pad plus a given threshold) Elastomeric materials have •33- M407848 elastic properties. This given threshold takes into account the possible overload of the load pad 348. As an example, the viscoelastic material can comprise an amorphous polymer, a vehicle, and a biopolymer. The load pad 348 can be formed by inserting the substrate 400 and the stiffness plate 402 into a mold (not shown). Substrate 400 and stiffness plate 402 may be coated with a coating material (an example of which has been described above). Adhesive may be applied to the coated panels to bond the panels to mat material 404. Application of the coating material and/or application of the adhesive can occur before, during, and/or after the panels 400, 402 are inserted into the mold. After application of the coating material and adhesive, the tantalum material 404 can be inserted into the mold. "The mat material 404 preferably covers the edges 414, 420, or at least a substantial portion of the edges 414, 420. As an example, the substantial portion of the edges 414, 420 can include all of the edges 414, 42" except for the portion of the heart-shaped floor that positions the panels 400, 402 within the mold. The pad material 404 at the edges 414, 420 may be 1.5 mm thick (about 〇.〇6忖). It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the load pads used in the suspension frames 5, 2, 25, 300 can be configured as load pads 348. It will also be understood by those skilled in the art that the load pad 348 can be configured with one or more additional stiffness plates similar to the stiffness plate 402, and (for each additional stiffness plate) similar to the respective pad portions of the pad portion 408. . In these alternative configurations, each additional stiffness plate is inserted into the mold prior to the pad material 404. Next, Figures 39 through 44 illustrate various views of the embodiment of the spring mount 346. Spring mount 346 includes sides 452, 454. The spring mounts 3钧 can be symmetrical such that the sides 452, buckets can be used on the inside or outside of the vehicle. The suspension mounts in the suspension brackets 50, 200, 250, 3, etc. • 34· M407848 70 The spring mount 346 can be configured as a spring mount 3 46. The spring mount 346 includes a generally flat top surface 4M and a wall portion 466 '468, wherein a load pad (eg, load pad 348) is disposed on the top surface 464. The level of 464 below the top portion of wall portions 466, 468 may allow the use of a higher load pad. In an alternative configuration, face 464 may be at the same level as wall portions 466, 468. It is noted that the spring mount 346 includes a pair of pockets 470, 472 positioned on opposite sides of the spring mount φ 346. The pockets 470, 472 are preferably sized to receive the shear spring 35 组装 when assembled, 352. The horizontal span 471 of the separation pockets 470, 472 is optimized to subject the shear springs 350, 352 to compression as they are assembled. The shear springs 35 are moved for shear springs 35, 352 over their entire stroke.操作, 352 operation gap, cavity 47〇, 472 The degree is optimized, except by the compression of the shear springs 35〇, gw and by the friction coefficient between the shear spring 350 and the mating components (eg, the cavities 364, 47〇) and the shear spring 352 and the fit In addition to the retention provided by the coefficient of friction between the components (eg, chambers 366, 472), the optimization of the cavity depth also provides an auxiliary vertical and horizontal retention of the shear magazines 350, 352. The span 471, the depth of the cavity 47〇, 472, the span 372, the depth of the cavity 364, 366, and the preferred length of the shear springs 35〇, 352, require no fasteners to hold the shear spring 35〇 during assembly. 352, but embodiments that do require fasteners to hold the shear springs 35, 352 are also within the scope of the subject matter disclosed herein. As illustrated in Figures 39 and 40, the spring mount 346 includes: (1) The outer frame interface 456 forms a concave portion of the mechanical joint with a given angle. 35-M407848 points; (ii) the inner frame interface 458, which forms a concave portion of the other mechanical joint having the given angle; (iii) outer seat mounting opening 46〇; (iv) Side mount mounting apertures 461; and (iv) load pad mounting apertures 462. The mount mounting apertures 460, 461 are portions of the mount interfaces 456, 458, respectively, which are inserted into the mounting apertures of the mounts 337, 339 and The fasteners in the mount mounting apertures 46A, 461 allow the mounts 337, 339 to be attached to the spring mount 346. Figure 44 illustrates the female mount-mount mechanical joint concave portion 482 having The desired angle to maintain joint integrity under all operating conditions. As an example, for a mount assembly operable in a suspension to handle a first maximum load, the desired angle is preferably about 16 degrees. As another example, for a cradle assembly operable in a cradle to handle a second maximum load, the desired angle can be less than 160 degrees (e.g., 140 degrees), with the second maximum load being greater than the first maximum load. The spring mount-mount interface mechanical joint eliminates the direct shear loading of the fastener 351 (see Figure 26) because the shear load is only supported by the joint. The spring mount _ mount interface mechanical joint reduces the criticality of the fastener preload and minimizes the number of fasteners required. It is generally understood by those skilled in the art that the desired angle can be a plurality of degrees between (3) degrees and 18 degrees. The apex of 458 may include a spring mounting bracket 48〇,
該等接頭之傾斜平面。 。以此方式, 座架界面456、458之頂點习 以便最小化應力集中。根據一 有20毫米之半徑β當座架337 座架界面之峰值處的緊 械接頭之作用中表面為 放寬了所需公差,且可 • 36 - 聊 /848 使用實際碡造表面來構造該接頭。 接下來,在一替代配置中,彈簧模組334、335可經由使 '用卿螺栓(諸如,具有兩個螺紋端部之u形螺拴)而附接至 車輛之框架轨。該替代配置不需要框架掛物332或333。作 為實例,可在框架轨之頂側上方置放兩個υ形螺栓(其螺 紋端4在向下方向上延伸),且接著將其插入通過彈簀殼 體344之兩個端部處的安裝孔口 37〇。可在u形螺栓之螺紋 • 端部上安裝螺母以使彈簧殼體344與框架軌保持接觸。彈 簧设體335可以相似方式附接至框架軌。 此外,在待別用於與具有串聯軸組態之職業或重型拖運 卡車一起使用的替代配置中,框架掛物332及/或333可經 製造成允許附接三個彈簧模組(例如,如同彈簧模組334加 以組態之三個彈簧模組,或如同彈簣模組334加以組態之 兩個彈簧模組及如同部分彈簧模組2 5 2加以組態之一個彈 簧模組)。對於此替代配置,可提供可拆卸地附接至三個 _ 彈簧模組中之每一者之各別彈簧安裝架的座架總成。舉例 而a,二個彈簧模組之使用提供一種為車輛懸吊架產生與 懸吊架330(參見圖26)相比更大之負載容量的方式(假定其 他一切情況係等同的)。 接下來,圖58及圖59為例示性懸吊總成500之透視圖。 詳言之,圖58說明懸吊總成500之外側,且圖59說明懸吊 總成500之内側。如圖58所示,懸吊總成5〇〇包括框架掛物 502、504、墊板506、活動樑508及座架總成51〇。如圖59 所示’懸吊總成500包括框架掛物5〇2、504、墊板5〇6、活 •37- M407848 動樑508及座架總成532。圖59亦說明框架掛物5〇2包括附 接孔集合564,且框架掛物504包括附接孔集合566。圖58 中展示附接孔集合564、566之外側。 塾板506可經由緊固件集合而附接至框架掛物5〇2、 5〇4。墊板506可自框架掛物502、504中之一或多者移除以 用於維修(例如,修理或替換):⑴框架掛物5〇2或其某部 分;(ii)框架掛物5〇4或其某部分;(iH)墊板5〇6。在此方 面’墊板506可拆卸地附接至框架掛物5〇2、504。墊板506 至框架掛物502、504之附接准許附接孔集合564、566充當 單一且杈大之附接孔集合。單一且較大之附接孔集合的益 處在於·附接孔集合564、566可經配置有較少附接孔以用 於與較少緊固件一起使用,及/或可經配置有較小大小之 孔以用於與較小緊固件一起使用。 接下來’圖60為展示懸吊總成500之外側的正視圖,且 圖61為展示懸吊總成5〇〇之内側的正視圖。如圖6〇及圖6ι 所示’框架掛物502包括窗狀開口 512,且在此開口内,框 架掛物502包括彈簧安裝架518、剪切彈簧520、526,及漸 變彈簧率負載墊521。相似地,框架掛物504包括窗狀開口 514,且在此開口内,框架掛物5〇4包括彈簧安裝架“石、 剪切彈簧522、524,及漸變彈簧率負載墊53〇 ^框架掛物 502、504之彈簧安裝架、負載墊及剪切彈簧可如同此描述 内針對另一框架掛物所描述之任何彈簧安裝架、負載墊及 剪切彈簧加以配置。座架總成5 10、532可附接至彈簧安裝 架516、518。座架總成510、532可如同座架總成74或2〇4 -38 · M407848 加以配置及起作用。 接下來’圖62說明塾板506»如圖62所示,塾板5 06包括 附接孔集合507、509。附接孔集合507、509可包含自墊板 506之第一側通至第二側的通孔。或者,附接孔集合5〇7、 509可僅延伸通過墊板506之路程的一部分。附接孔集合 507、509可有螺紋或無螺紋。 墊板506可相對於穿過墊板506之水平中心線及垂直中心 線對稱。如圖62所示,附接孔集合5〇7、509各自包括三個 孔。在一替代實施例中,附接孔集合5〇7、509可各自包括 二個以下孔(例如,一個或兩個孔)或三個以上孔。在此描 述中被描述為使用塾板之任何懸吊架之塾板可包括複數個 獨立板’該等獨立板中之每一者可如同墊板5〇6加以配置 且彼此堆疊’使得各種附接孔集合中之孔經對準以允許緊 固件傳遞通過該等孔。 藝板506可由多種材料中之任一種製成。舉例而言,墊 板506可由鋼製成,諸如,高強度低合金鋼。作為另一實 例,墊板506可由鐵、鋁、碳纖維或某種其他材料或材料 之組合製成。 接下來,圖63說明框架掛物504之細節。如圖63所示, 框架掛物504包括開口 514、框架掛物底部545、凸緣549, 及分別位於凸緣549之外側及内侧上的外部側壁541、 543。圖63中展示凸緣549之内側。凸緣549包括附接孔集 合552。附接孔集合552可對應於墊板5〇6中之附接孔集 合·»在此方面,可將緊固件集合插入通過附接孔集合552 -39- M407848 及其在墊板506中之相應附接孔集合以用於將墊板5〇6附接 至框架掛物504。 開口 514係至少部分地藉由頂壁54〇、側壁542、544及底 壁546界定。側壁544包括容腔548。側壁542可包括容腔 (未圖示)。側壁542、544之容腔可如同容腔%加以配置及 起作用。 一中心線穿過容腔548之給定中心,且另一中心線穿過 側壁542之容腔之給定中心。較佳地,此兩個中心線重合 (亦即,在空間中佔據相同之相對位置或相同之區域),使 得兩個中心線可表示為單一中心線55〇。或者,穿過容腔 548之給定中心的中心線與穿過側壁M2之容腔之給定中心 的中心線實質上重合。出於此描述之目的,當兩個中心線 被稱為貫貝上重合j時,兩個中心線平行且在彼此之 3 8.1 mm(大約1,5吋)内。 接下來’在圖73中’包括中心線550(藉由點539表示)或 穿過容腔548之給定中心及側壁542之容腔之給定中心的實 質上重合中心線的平面(藉由虛線537表示)平行於或實質上 平行於框架掛物底部545。此平面穿過容腔548之給定中 心、側壁542之容腔之給定中心,及凸緣549。當墊板5〇6 附接至框架掛物504時,此平面亦穿過墊板5〇6。在平面實 質上平灯於框架掛物底部之實施例中平行於框架掛物底 之線與4平面相交’使得藉由該相交形成之銳角不超過 5度(亦即,300分)。 接下來,圖64說明框架掛物502之細節。如圖64所示, M407848 框架掛物502包括開口 512、框架掛物底部561、凸緣553, 及分別位於凸緣553之外側及内側的外部側壁557、559。 圖64中展示凸緣553之内側。凸緣553包括附接孔集合 551 »附接孔集合551可對應於墊板506中之附接孔集合。 在此方面,可將緊固件集合插入通過附接孔集合551及其 在墊板506中之相應附接孔集合以用於將墊板5〇6附接至框 架掛物502。 開口 512係至少部分地藉由頂壁552、側壁554、556及底 壁558界定。側壁554包括容腔560。側壁556可包括容腔 (未圖示)。側壁554、556之容腔可如同容腔92加以配置及 起作用。 一中心線穿過容腔5 6 0之給定中心,且另一中心線穿過 側壁5 5 6之容腔之給定中心。較佳地,此兩個中心線重合 (亦即’在空間中佔據相同之相對位置或相同之區域),使 得兩個中心線可表示為單一中心線562。或者,穿過容腔 560之給定中心的中心線與穿過側壁556之容腔之給定中心 的中心線實質上重合。 包括中心線562或穿過容腔560之給定中心及側壁5 56之 谷腔之給定中心的實質上重合中心線的平面平行於或實質 上平行於框架掛物底部561。此平面穿過容腔560之給定中 〜、側壁556之容腔之給定中心’及凸緣553。當墊板5〇6 附接至框架掛物502時,此平面亦穿過墊板5〇6。 附接孔集合551、552可包含分別自凸緣549、553之内側 通至外側的通孔。或者,附接孔集合551、552可僅延伸通 •41 · M407848 過凸緣549、553之路程的一部分。在此等替代附接孔集合 中’可自内側或者外側近接該等孔。附接孔集合551、552 可有螺紋或無螺紋。 圖63及圖64說明框架掛物502包括附接孔集合564,及框 架掛物504包括附接孔集合566。附接孔集合564、566可對 應於框架軌(例如’框架執52)中之各別附接孔集合。可將 多種緊固件中之任一種插入通過附接孔集合564、566及框 架軌中之附接孔集合,以便將懸吊總成500附接至框架 軌。自框架軌及附接孔集合564、566移除緊固件會允許使 框架掛物502、504自框架軌脫離。在此方面,框架掛物 502、504可拆卸地附接至框架軌。 接下來’圖65說明另一例示性框架掛物580。框架掛物 580包括凸緣579、583、框架掛物底部599、附接孔集合 582、584、586 ’及窗狀開口 588 ’窗狀開口 588係至少部 分地藉由頂壁590、側壁592、594及底壁596界定。頂壁 590可如同頂壁540加以配置,側壁592、594可分別如同側 壁542、544加以配置,且底壁596可如同底壁546加以配 置。附接孔集合582、584可對應於各別墊板之各別附接孔 集合。凸緣579、583各自包括各別内側(圖65所示)及各別 外側。 可在包含兩個或兩個以上框架掛物之懸吊總成(例如, 圖22所示之彈簧懸吊總成2〇〇)中使用相似於框架掛物58〇 之一或多個框架掛物◊作為一實例,可使用框架掛物58〇 替換懸吊總成200之居中彈簧模組56,可使用框架掛物 -42- M407848 502(圖64所示)替換懸吊總成2〇〇之最左邊彈簧模組%,且 可使用框架掛物5〇4(圖63所示)替換懸吊總成200之最右邊 彈簧模組56。根據此實例,框架掛物502、5〇4、58〇可各 自含有一彈簧安裝架、一漸變彈簧率負載墊及一對剪切彈 簧’該等剪切彈簧相似於圖22之懸吊總成200之彈簧模組 56内所展示的剪切彈簧。 可藉由通過附接孔集合509 ' 584而置放一緊固件集合且 通過附接孔集合507、551而置放另一緊固件集合將一墊板 (例如,如同墊板506加以配置之墊板)附接至框架掛物 502、580。相似地,可藉由通過附接孔集合5〇9、552而置 放一緊固件集合且通過附接孔集合5〇7、582而置放另一緊 固件集合將另一墊板(例如,如同墊板5〇6加以配置之墊板) 附接至框架掛物504、580。出於多種原因(諸如,修理及/ 或替換框架掛物502、504、580中之一者)中之任一種,可 使附接至該等框架掛物之一或多個墊板自肖等框架掛物脫 離。換言之,該一或多個墊板可拆卸地附接至框架掛物 502 、 504 、 580 。 在一替代配置中,可使用如同框架掛物58〇加以配置之. 各別框架掛物替換懸吊總成200之所有三個彈簧模組,且 各別墊板可拆卸地附接至每一對相鄰框架掛物。 接下來,圖66說明另一例示性框架掛物6〇4。框架掛物 6〇4包括至少部分地藉由頂壁64〇、側壁642、6料及底壁 646界定之窗狀開π614β㈣壁644可包括容腔⑷,且側壁 642可包括另-容腔(未圖示)。側壁⑷、…之容腔可如同 •43· M407848 容腔92加以配置及起作用。框架掛物604包括外部側壁部 分645、647、延伸遠離外部側壁部分645、647之墊板部分 (例如,凸緣)650,及框架掛物底壁641。墊板部分650包括 附接孔集合652、内側(圖66所示)及外侧。框架掛物604進 一步包括附接孔集合666。附接孔集合666可對應於框架軌 (例如,框架執52)中之附接孔集合。可將多種緊固件中之 任一種插入通過附接孔集合666及框架軌中之附接孔集 合,以便將框架掛物604附接至框架執。 接下來,圖67說明又一例示性框架掛物602。框架掛物 602包括至少部分地藉由頂壁652、側壁654、656及底壁 658界定之窗狀開口 612。側壁654可包括容腔660,且側壁 656可包括另一容腔(未圖示)。側壁654、656之容腔可如同 容腔92加以配置及起作用。框架掛物602包括定位於墊板 通道663之任一側上的凸緣655、657。凸緣655包括附接孔 集合651,且凸緣657包括附接孔集合653。框架掛物602進 一步包括附接孔集合664。附接孔集合664可對應於框架執 (例如,框架軌52)中之附接孔集合。可將多種緊固件中之 任一種插入通過附接孔集合664及框架執中之附接孔集 合,以便將框架掛物602附接至框架軌。可移除此等緊固 件以使框架掛物602、604自框架軌脫離(例如,移除)。 懸吊總成(例如,圖1所示之懸吊總成5 0)可經配置成包 括框架掛物602、604之組態。舉例而言,可使用框架掛物 602替換最左邊框架掛物總成54,且可使用框架掛物604替 換最右邊框架掛物總成54。在此配置中,可將墊板部分 -44· M407848 650之端部插入至墊板通道663中,使得可將緊固件集合插 入通過附接孔集合651、652、653以使框架掛物6〇2、 彼此附接。在包含框架掛物602、604之懸吊總成中,框架 • 掛物6〇2、6〇4可各自包括一彈簧安裝架(例如,彈簧安裝 架7〇)漸變彈簧率負載墊(例如,負載墊72)及一對剪切 • 彈簧(例如,剪切彈簧68)。 . 在另一配置中,懸吊總成(例如,懸吊總成50)可經配置 • 成包括框架掛物502、6〇4之組態。舉例而言,可使用框架 掛物502替換最左邊框架掛物總成54,且可使用框架掛物 .604替換最右邊框架掛物總成54。在此配置甲,可將墊板 P刀650之端部定位成緊接於凸緣553,使得可將緊固件集 合插入通過附接孔集合551、652以使框架掛物5〇2、6〇4彼 此附接。在包含柜架掛物502、6〇4之懸书總成中,框架掛 物502、6G4可各自包括—彈簧安裝架(例如,彈簧安裝架 7〇)、-漸變彈簧率負載塾(例如,負載墊%及一對剪切彈 • 簧(例如’剪切彈簧68)。 在又配置中,懸吊總成(例如’懸吊總成50)可經配置 成包括以下各物之組態:框架掛物6〇2 :為框架掛物6〇2之 鏡像的框架掛物;及可插入至此等框架掛物之塾板通道 ⑹中且可經由緊固件集合而附接至該等框架掛物的塾板 (例如’墊板补此例示性配置之框架掛物可各自包括一 簧安裝架(例如’彈簧安裝架7〇)、一漸變彈簧率負載墊 (例如’負載墊72)及—對f切彈簧(例如,剪切彈菁⑻。 返回至圖66’若認為塾板部分65〇位於框架掛物6〇4之左 -45- M407848 手側,則框架掛物604可經配置成包括位於框架掛物6〇4之 右手側的外部側壁部分及延伸遠離右手側外部側壁部分之 另一墊板部分(未圖示)。在此方面,框架掛物6〇4之右手側 可為框架掛物604之左手側的鏡像。可在包括三個框架掛 物之懸吊總成(例如,圖22所示之懸吊總成2〇〇)内使用框架 掛物604之此配置。舉例而言,具有兩個墊板部分之框架 掛物可為中心框架掛物,該中心框架掛物附接至⑴如同框 架掛物502或602加以配置之左側框架掛物,及(Η)如同框 架掛物504或框架掛物602之鏡像加以配置的右側框架掛 物。或者’具有兩個墊板部分之框架掛物可附接至如同框 架掛物580加以配置之兩個框架掛物。 根據又一例示性實施例’懸吊總成可包含單鑄件,該單 鎮件包括:(i)用以容納一彈簧安裝架、一漸變彈簧率負载 墊及一對剪切彈簧之第一框架掛物部分;(ii)用以容納另 一彈簧安裝架、另一漸變彈簧率負载墊及另一對剪切彈簧 之第二框架掛物部分;及(iii)該鎮件之自第一框架掛物部 分延伸至第二框架掛物部分之部分。出於此描述之目的, 此懸吊總成被稱為單鑄件懸吊總成》 與不具有墊板或墊板部分之懸吊總成相比,使用單鑄件 懸吊總成之一益處在於:可使用較少緊固件及/或較小緊 固件以將單鑄件懸吊總成附接至框架軌。使用懸吊總成 500、在懸吊總成中使用框架掛物5〇2、580及墊板506或在 懸吊總成中使用框架掛物602、604亦可獲得此相同益處。 懸吊總成500可具有不能由使用單鑄件懸吊總成獲得之 -46- M407848 或夕種远處。作為一實例,懸吊總成5〇〇准許在不必移 除及替換框架掛物502、504中之一框架掛物的情況下移除 及替換框架掛物502、504中之另一框架掛物,而若需要替 換單鑄件之第一框架掛物部分或第二框架掛物部分,則可 能需要替換整個單鑄件懸吊總成。作為另一實例,與製造 單鑄件懸吊總成可能需要之較大工具相比,可使用較小工 具來製造框架掛物502、504。較小工具之成本可低於較大 工具之成本。與單鑄件懸吊總成相比,使用懸吊總成5〇〇 之其他益處亦係可能的。 儘管圖64至圖67所說明之框架掛物描繪用於將框架掛物 附接至另一框架掛物之墊板或墊板部分的附接孔集合具有 三個孔,但一般熟習此項技術者應理解,因為墊板5〇6之 附接孔集合可包括三個以上孔或三個以下孔,所以此等框 架掛物之附接孔集合亦可包括三個以上孔或三個以下孔。 接下來,圖68說明例示性懸吊總成501。相似於圖61所 示之懸吊總成500,懸吊總成501包括框架掛物502、504、 塾板506、活動樑508及座架總成510。另外,懸吊總成501 包括位於框架掛物502、504之外側上的墊板507。在一替 代實施例中,墊板506、507可經堆疊成彼此緊接且附接至 框架掛物502、504之凸緣的内侧或外側。在此方面,墊板 506可鄰接框架掛物5〇2、504之内侧或外側凸緣,且墊板 507可鄰接墊板506。 接下來,圖69說明另一例示性墊板995。墊板995包括具 有凸形部分998、999之前側,當墊板995附接至兩個框架 • 47· M407848 掛物時,凸形部分998、999可用以形成機械接頭,其中該 兩個框架掛物包括該等機械接頭之相應凹形部分。圖中 展示此兩個框架掛物之實例。墊板995亦包括可為平坦之 後側諸如,圖62所示之塾板506的平坦側。一附接孔集 合996位於凸形部分998處,且另一附接孔集合997位於凸. 形部分999處。附接孔集合996、997可包含自墊板之第 一側通至第二側的通孔。或者,附接孔集合990、997可僅 延伸通過墊板995之路程的—部分。附接孔集合州、997 可有螺紋或無螺紋。 | 塾板995可相對於穿過墊板995之水平中心線及垂直中心 線對稱。如圖69所示,附接孔集合996、997可各自包括三 個孔。在一替代實施例中,附接孔集合996、997可各自包 括三個以下孔(例如,一或兩個孔)或三個以上孔。 塾板995可由多種材料中之任一種製成。舉例而言,塾 板995可由鋼製成’諸如,高強度低合金鋼。作為另一實 例塾板995可由鐵、紐、碳纖維或某種其他材料或材料 之組合製成。 馨 接下來’圖70說明例示性框架掛物98〇、981。如圖所 說明,框架掛物980包括⑴凸緣982、⑴)當塾板995插入 及/或附接至框架掛物98〇時可用以形成機械接頭之凹形部 分984,及(iii)位於凹形部分似處之附接孔集合州。相似 地框架掛物981包括⑴凸緣983、(Η)當塾板995附接至框 架掛物981時可用以形成機械接頭之凹形部分985,及㈣ 位於凹形部分985處之附接孔集合987。詳言之,當將凸形 -48- M407848 部分998、999插入至凹形部分984、985中時,可形成該等 機械接頭。 . 凸緣982 ' 983各自包括各別内側及外側。圖7〇說明凸緣 982、983之内側。在一替代實施例中,相似於凹形部分 984之凹形部分可位於凸緣982之外側上,且相似於凹形部 分985之另一凹形部分可位於凸緣983之外側上。在又一替 代實施例中,凸緣982 ' 983之内側及外側可各自包括一機 φ 械接頭之各別凹形部分,當一墊板(諸如,墊板995)附接至 框架掛物980、981之内側且另一墊板(諸如,墊板995)附接 至框架掛物980、98 1之外側時,該凹形部分可用以形成多 個機械接頭。 相似於此描述中所描述之其他框架掛物,框架掛物 980 981可各自包括一窗狀開口,在該窗狀開口中可安裝 彈簧女裝架、一漸變彈簣率負載墊及一對剪切彈簧。框 架掛物980、981中之窗狀開口可藉由相似於此描述中所描 _ 述之任何其他框架掛物的四個壁界定。相似於此描述中所 描述之其他框架掛物,框架掛物980、981可拆卸地附接至 框架軌及座架總成,座架總成又可拆卸地附接至活動樑。 框架掛物980、981可分別包括附接孔集合978、979,以提 供緊固件可被插入通過以用於將框架掛物98〇、981附接至 框架軌之孔。 塾板995可拆卸地附接至框架掛物9 8〇、981。可使用多 種緊固件中之任一種以將墊板995附接至框架掛物98〇、 981。墊板995之第一側可為對稱的’使得凸形部分998、 -49- M407848 999中之任一者可鄰接凹形部分984、985中之任一者。當 墊板995附接至框架掛物980、981時,若出於任何原因而 需要移除框架掛物98〇、981中之一者(例如,框架掛物 980),則可自框架掛物98〇及墊板995移除用以將墊板 附接至框架掛物980之緊固件,以便允許使框架掛物98〇自 包括框架掛物980、981之懸吊總成移除。The inclined plane of the joints. . In this manner, the apex of the mount interfaces 456, 458 are learned to minimize stress concentration. According to a radius of 20 mm β, the surface of the mount of the mount 337 is at the peak of the mechanical joint to relax the required tolerance, and the joint can be constructed using the actual fabricated surface. . Next, in an alternate configuration, the spring modules 334, 335 can be attached to the frame rail of the vehicle via a "clear bolt, such as a u-shaped thread having two threaded ends. This alternative configuration does not require frame hangers 332 or 333. As an example, two dowel bolts (with their threaded ends 4 extending in the downward direction) can be placed over the top side of the frame rail and then inserted through the mounting holes at the ends of the magazine housing 344 37 〇 mouth. A nut can be mounted on the threaded end of the u-bolt to keep the spring housing 344 in contact with the frame rail. The spring mount 335 can be attached to the frame rail in a similar manner. Moreover, in alternative configurations for use with professional or heavy haul trucks having a series axis configuration, frame hangers 332 and/or 333 may be fabricated to allow attachment of three spring modules (eg, as The spring module 334 is configured with three spring modules, or two spring modules configured as the magazine module 334 and a spring module configured as part of the spring module 252. For this alternative configuration, a mount assembly can be provided that is detachably attached to each of the three _ spring modules. For example, a, the use of two spring modules provides a way for the vehicle suspension to produce a greater load capacity than the suspension 330 (see Figure 26) (assuming everything else is equivalent). Next, FIGS. 58 and 59 are perspective views of an exemplary suspension assembly 500. In particular, Figure 58 illustrates the outside of the suspension assembly 500 and Figure 59 illustrates the inside of the suspension assembly 500. As shown in Fig. 58, the suspension assembly 5 includes frame hangers 502, 504, pads 506, movable beams 508, and mount assemblies 51A. As shown in Fig. 59, the suspension assembly 500 includes frame hangers 5, 2, 504, pads 5, 6, live 37-M407848 moving beams 508, and a mount assembly 532. Figure 59 also illustrates that the frame hanger 5〇2 includes an attachment aperture set 564 and the frame hanger 504 includes an attachment aperture set 566. The outer sides of the set of attachment holes 564, 566 are shown in FIG. The seesaw 506 can be attached to the frame hangers 5〇2, 5〇4 via a collection of fasteners. The backing plate 506 can be removed from one or more of the frame hangers 502, 504 for repair (eg, repair or replacement): (1) the frame hanger 5〇2 or some portion thereof; (ii) the frame hanger 5〇4 or Some part of it; (iH) pad 5〇6. In this respect, the pad 506 is detachably attached to the frame hangers 5, 2, 504. The attachment of the backing plate 506 to the frame hangers 502, 504 permits the set of attachment holes 564, 566 to serve as a single and large collection of attachment holes. A benefit of a single and larger collection of attachment holes is that the attachment hole sets 564, 566 can be configured with fewer attachment holes for use with fewer fasteners, and/or can be configured with smaller sizes Holes for use with smaller fasteners. Next, Fig. 60 is a front view showing the outer side of the suspension assembly 500, and Fig. 61 is a front view showing the inner side of the suspension assembly 5''. As shown in Figures 6A and 6i, the frame hanger 502 includes a window opening 512, and within the opening, the frame hanger 502 includes a spring mount 518, shear springs 520, 526, and a progressive spring rate load pad 521. Similarly, the frame hanger 504 includes a window opening 514, and within the opening, the frame hanger 5〇4 includes a spring mount "stone, shear springs 522, 524, and a gradient spring rate load pad 53" frame hanger 502, The spring mount 604, load pad and shear spring of the 504 can be configured as any spring mount, load pad and shear spring described in this description for another frame hanger. The mount assembly 5 10, 532 can be attached To the spring mounts 516, 518. The mount assemblies 510, 532 can be configured and function as a mount assembly 74 or 2〇4 - 38 · M407848. Next 'Figure 62 illustrates the seesaw 506» as shown in Figure 62. The seesaw 5 06 includes a set of attachment holes 507, 509. The set of attachment holes 507, 509 can include through holes that pass from the first side of the backing plate 506 to the second side. Alternatively, the set of attachment holes 5〇7 509 may extend only a portion of the path through the backing plate 506. The set of attachment holes 507, 509 may be threaded or unthreaded. The backing plate 506 may be symmetrical with respect to a horizontal centerline and a vertical centerline passing through the backing plate 506. As shown in Fig. 62, the attachment hole sets 5〇7, 509 each include three holes. In alternative embodiments, the set of attachment holes 5〇7, 509 may each include two fewer holes (eg, one or two holes) or more than three holes. Any suspension that is described in this description as using a seesaw The slab of the shelf may comprise a plurality of individual panels. Each of the individual panels may be configured as the slats 5 〇 6 and stacked one on another 'such that the apertures in the various sets of attachment apertures are aligned to allow the fastener to be transferred Through the holes, the art plate 506 can be made of any of a variety of materials. For example, the backing plate 506 can be made of steel, such as high strength low alloy steel. As another example, the backing plate 506 can be made of iron, aluminum. , carbon fiber or some other material or combination of materials. Next, Figure 63 illustrates the details of the frame hanger 504. As shown in Figure 63, the frame hanger 504 includes an opening 514, a frame hanger bottom 545, a flange 549, and respectively The outer side walls 541, 543 are located on the outer and inner sides of the flange 549. The inner side of the flange 549 is shown in Figure 63. The flange 549 includes an attachment hole set 552. The attachment hole set 552 can correspond to the backing plate 5? Attachment hole collection·»in this respect A set of fasteners can be inserted through the attachment aperture set 552-39-M407848 and its corresponding attachment aperture set in the backing plate 506 for attaching the backing plate 5〇6 to the frame hanger 504. The opening 514 is at least Partially defined by top wall 54〇, sidewalls 542, 544, and bottom wall 546. Sidewall 544 includes a cavity 548. Sidewall 542 can include a cavity (not shown). The cavity of sidewalls 542, 544 can be as much as the cavity Configured and functioned. A centerline passes through a given center of the cavity 548 and another centerline passes through a given center of the cavity of the side wall 542. Preferably, the two centerlines coincide (i.e., occupy the same relative position or the same area in space) such that the two centerlines can be represented as a single centerline 55A. Alternatively, the centerline passing through a given center of the cavity 548 substantially coincides with the centerline of a given center through the cavity of the side wall M2. For the purposes of this description, when the two centerlines are referred to as coincident j on the top, the two centerlines are parallel and within 3 8.1 mm (about 1,5 吋) of each other. Next, 'in FIG. 73' includes a centerline 550 (represented by point 539) or a plane substantially coincident with a given center passing through a given center of the cavity 548 and the cavity of the sidewall 542 (by way of Dotted line 537 is shown parallel or substantially parallel to the frame bottom 545. This plane passes through a given center of the cavity 548, a given center of the cavity of the side wall 542, and the flange 549. When the pad 5〇6 is attached to the frame hanger 504, this plane also passes through the pad 5〇6. In the embodiment in which the flat lamp is substantially flat on the bottom of the frame hanger, the line parallel to the bottom of the frame is intersected with the 4 planes such that the acute angle formed by the intersection does not exceed 5 degrees (i.e., 300 minutes). Next, Fig. 64 illustrates the details of the frame hanger 502. As shown in Fig. 64, the M407848 frame hanger 502 includes an opening 512, a frame hanger bottom 561, a flange 553, and outer sidewalls 557, 559 located on the outer and inner sides of the flange 553, respectively. The inside of the flange 553 is shown in FIG. The flange 553 includes a set of attachment holes 551. The set of attachment holes 551 can correspond to a collection of attachment holes in the backing plate 506. In this regard, a collection of fasteners can be inserted through the attachment aperture set 551 and its corresponding attachment aperture set in the backing plate 506 for attaching the backing plate 5〇6 to the frame hanger 502. The opening 512 is defined at least in part by the top wall 552, the side walls 554, 556, and the bottom wall 558. Sidewall 554 includes a cavity 560. Side wall 556 can include a cavity (not shown). The cavities of the side walls 554, 556 can be configured and function as the cavity 92. A centerline passes through a given center of the cavity 506 and the other centerline passes through a given center of the cavity of the side wall 565. Preferably, the two centerlines coincide (i.e., occupy the same relative position or the same area in space) such that the two centerlines can be represented as a single centerline 562. Alternatively, the centerline passing through a given center of the cavity 560 substantially coincides with the centerline of a given center through the cavity of the sidewall 556. The plane of the substantially coincident centerline including the centerline 562 or a given center passing through a given center of the cavity 560 and the valley of the sidewalls 56 is parallel or substantially parallel to the frame bottom 561. This plane passes through a given center of the cavity 560, a given center of the cavity of the side wall 556, and the flange 553. When the pad 5〇6 is attached to the frame hanger 502, this plane also passes through the pad 5〇6. The attachment hole sets 551, 552 can include through holes that extend from the inside to the outside of the flanges 549, 553, respectively. Alternatively, the set of attachment holes 551, 552 may extend only a portion of the path through the flanges 549, 553. In such alternative sets of attachment holes, the holes may be contiguous from the inside or the outside. The attachment hole sets 551, 552 can be threaded or unthreaded. Figures 63 and 64 illustrate that the frame hanger 502 includes an attachment aperture set 564, and the frame hanger 504 includes an attachment aperture set 566. The set of attachment holes 564, 566 can correspond to a respective set of attachment holes in the frame rail (e.g., 'frame holder 52). Any of a variety of fasteners can be inserted through the set of attachment holes 564, 566 and the set of attachment holes in the frame rail to attach the suspension assembly 500 to the frame rail. Removing the fasteners from the frame rails and attachment aperture sets 564, 566 will allow the frame hangers 502, 504 to be detached from the frame rails. In this regard, the frame hangers 502, 504 are detachably attached to the frame rails. Next, Fig. 65 illustrates another exemplary frame hanger 580. The frame hanger 580 includes flanges 579, 583, frame hanger bottom 599, attachment hole sets 582, 584, 586 'and window openings 588 'the window opening 588 is at least partially by the top wall 590, the side walls 592, 594, and The bottom wall 596 is defined. Top wall 590 can be configured as top wall 540, side walls 592, 594 can be configured as side walls 542, 544, respectively, and bottom wall 596 can be configured as bottom wall 546. The attachment hole sets 582, 584 may correspond to respective sets of attachment holes of the respective pads. The flanges 579, 583 each include a respective inner side (shown in Figure 65) and a respective outer side. One or more frame hangings similar to the frame hanger 58 can be used in a suspension assembly comprising two or more frame hangers (eg, the spring suspension assembly 2〇〇 shown in FIG. 22). In one example, the centering spring module 56 of the suspension assembly 200 can be replaced with a frame hanger 58. The leftmost spring mode of the suspension assembly 2 can be replaced with the frame hanger -42-M407848 502 (shown in Figure 64). Group %, and the rightmost spring module 56 of the suspension assembly 200 can be replaced with frame hangers 5〇4 (shown in Figure 63). According to this example, the frame hangers 502, 5〇4, 58〇 may each include a spring mount, a gradient spring rate load pad, and a pair of shear springs. The shear springs are similar to the suspension assembly 200 of FIG. The shear spring shown in the spring module 56. A pad (eg, a pad configured like pad 506) can be placed by placing a set of fasteners through attachment hole sets 509 ' 584 and placing another set of fasteners through attachment hole sets 507, 551 The board) is attached to the frame hangers 502, 580. Similarly, another pad can be placed by placing a set of fasteners through the attachment hole sets 5〇9, 552 and placing another set of fasteners through the attachment hole sets 5〇7, 582 (eg, Attached to the frame hangers 504, 580 as a pad configured with pads 5"6. For any of a variety of reasons, such as repairing and/or replacing one of the frame hangers 502, 504, 580, one or more pads attached to the frame hangers may be attached to the frame hangers Get rid of. In other words, the one or more pads are detachably attached to the frame hangers 502, 504, 580. In an alternative configuration, it can be configured as a frame hanger 58. Each frame hanger replaces all three spring modules of the suspension assembly 200, and the respective pads are detachably attached to each pair of phases Adjacent frame hanging. Next, Fig. 66 illustrates another exemplary frame hanger 6〇4. The frame hanger 6〇4 includes a window-shaped opening π614β(four) wall 644 defined at least in part by the top wall 64〇, the side walls 642, 6 and the bottom wall 646, which may include a cavity (4), and the side wall 642 may include another cavity (not shown) Show). The cavity of the side walls (4), ... can be configured and functioned as the cavity 43 of the M407848. The frame hanger 604 includes outer sidewall portions 645, 647, a pad portion (e.g., flange) 650 that extends away from the outer sidewall portions 645, 647, and a frame hanger bottom wall 641. The pad portion 650 includes a set of attachment holes 652, an inner side (shown in Figure 66), and an outer side. The frame hanger 604 further includes a set of attachment holes 666. The attachment hole set 666 can correspond to a set of attachment holes in the frame rail (e.g., frame holder 52). Any of a variety of fasteners can be inserted through the attachment aperture set 666 and the attachment apertures in the frame rail to attach the frame hanger 604 to the frame holder. Next, FIG. 67 illustrates yet another exemplary frame hanger 602. The frame hanger 602 includes a window opening 612 defined at least in part by the top wall 652, the side walls 654, 656, and the bottom wall 658. Sidewall 654 can include a cavity 660 and sidewall 656 can include another cavity (not shown). The cavities of the side walls 654, 656 can be configured and function as the cavity 92. The frame hanger 602 includes flanges 655, 657 that are positioned on either side of the pad channel 663. The flange 655 includes an attachment aperture set 651 and the flange 657 includes an attachment aperture set 653. The frame hanger 602 further includes a set of attachment holes 664. The set of attachment holes 664 can correspond to a set of attachment holes in the frame (e.g., frame rail 52). Any of a variety of fasteners can be inserted through the attachment aperture set 664 and the attachment apertures in the frame holder to attach the frame hanger 602 to the frame rail. These fasteners can be removed to disengage (e. g., remove) the frame hangers 602, 604 from the frame rail. The suspension assembly (e.g., the suspension assembly 50 shown in Figure 1) can be configured to include the configuration of the frame hangers 602, 604. For example, the leftmost frame hanger assembly 54 can be replaced with a frame hanger 602, and the rightmost frame hanger assembly 54 can be replaced with a frame hanger 604. In this configuration, the end of the pad portion -44. M407848 650 can be inserted into the pad channel 663 such that the set of fasteners can be inserted through the attachment hole sets 651, 652, 653 to cause the frame hanger 6 〇 2 , attached to each other. In the suspension assembly including the frame hangers 602, 604, the frames • hangers 6〇2, 6〇4 may each include a spring mount (eg, spring mount 7〇) gradient spring rate load pad (eg, load pad) 72) and a pair of shears • springs (eg, shear spring 68). In another configuration, the suspension assembly (e.g., suspension assembly 50) can be configured to include configurations of frame hangers 502, 6〇4. For example, the leftmost frame hanger assembly 54 can be replaced with a frame hanger 502, and the rightmost frame hanger assembly 54 can be replaced with a frame hanger .604. In this configuration A, the end of the backing plate P knife 650 can be positioned next to the flange 553 such that the fastener set can be inserted through the attachment hole set 551, 652 to cause the frame hanger 5〇2, 6〇4 Attached to each other. In the hanging book assembly including the rack hangers 502, 6〇4, the frame hangers 502, 6G4 may each include a spring mounting bracket (for example, a spring mounting bracket 7〇), a gradient spring rate load (for example, a load pad). % and a pair of shearing springs (eg 'cutting springs 68). In a further configuration, the suspension assembly (eg 'suspension assembly 50') can be configured to include the following configurations: frame hangings 6〇2: a frame hanger that is a mirror image of the frame hanger 6〇2; and a seesaw that can be inserted into the seesaw channel (6) of the frame hangers and attached to the frame hangers via fastener sets (eg, 'pads The frame attachments of this exemplary configuration may each include a spring mount (eg, 'spring mount 7'), a gradient spring rate load pad (eg, 'load pad 72), and - a f-cut spring (eg, shear) Playback Cyanine (8). Returning to Figure 66', if the seesaw portion 65〇 is located on the left-45-M407848 hand side of the frame hanger 6〇4, the frame hanger 604 can be configured to include the right hand side of the frame hanger 6〇4. The outer side wall portion and the outer side wall portion extending away from the right hand side a pad portion (not shown). In this regard, the right hand side of the frame hanger 6〇4 may be a mirror image of the left hand side of the frame hanger 604. It may be in a suspension assembly including three frame hangers (eg, Figure 22 This configuration of the frame hanger 604 is used within the illustrated suspension assembly. For example, the frame hanger having two pad portions may be a center frame hanger attached to (1) as a frame hanger 502 Or a left side frame hanger that is configured with 602, and a right side frame hanger that is configured as a mirror image of the frame hanger 504 or the frame hanger 602. Or a frame hanger having two pad portions can be attached to the frame hanger 580. The two frame hangers are configured. According to still another exemplary embodiment, the suspension assembly may comprise a single casting comprising: (i) a spring mounting bracket, a gradient spring rate load pad and a pair a first frame hanging portion of the shearing spring; (ii) a second frame hanging portion for accommodating another spring mounting bracket, another gradient spring rate load pad and another pair of shear springs; and (iii) the piece member Extending from the first frame hanger portion to the portion of the second frame hanger portion. For the purposes of this description, the suspension assembly is referred to as a single casting suspension assembly and suspension without a pad or pad portion One benefit of using a single casting suspension assembly is that fewer fasteners and/or smaller fasteners can be used to attach the single casting suspension assembly to the frame rail. Using the suspension assembly 500 This same benefit can also be obtained by using the frame hangers 5, 2, 580 and the backing plate 506 in the suspension assembly or using the frame hangers 602, 604 in the suspension assembly. The suspension assembly 500 can have a single use that cannot be used The casting suspension assembly is obtained at -46-M407848 or at the distance of the evening. As an example, the suspension assembly 5〇〇 allows removal without having to remove and replace one of the frame hangers 502, 504 And replacing another frame hanger of the frame hangers 502, 504, and if it is desired to replace the first frame hanger portion or the second frame hanger portion of the single casting, it may be necessary to replace the entire single casting suspension assembly. As another example, smaller tools can be used to make the frame hangers 502, 504 as compared to larger tools that may be required to make a single casting suspension assembly. The cost of smaller tools can be lower than the cost of larger tools. Other benefits of using a suspension assembly 5 亦 are also possible compared to a single casting suspension assembly. Although the frame hanger illustrated in Figures 64-67 depicts three sets of attachment holes for attaching the frame hanger to the pad or pad portion of another frame hanger, it will be understood by those skilled in the art. Since the attachment hole set of the pad 5〇6 may include more than three holes or three or less holes, the attachment hole set of the frame hangers may also include three or more holes or three or less holes. Next, FIG. 68 illustrates an exemplary suspension assembly 501. Similar to the suspension assembly 500 illustrated in Figure 61, the suspension assembly 501 includes frame hangers 502, 504, a seesaw 506, a movable beam 508, and a mount assembly 510. Additionally, the suspension assembly 501 includes a backing plate 507 on the outer sides of the frame hangers 502, 504. In an alternate embodiment, the pads 506, 507 can be stacked adjacent one another and attached to the inside or outside of the flanges of the frame hangers 502, 504. In this regard, the backing plate 506 can abut the inside or outside flange of the frame hangers 5, 2, 504, and the backing plate 507 can abut the backing plate 506. Next, FIG. 69 illustrates another exemplary pad 995. The backing plate 995 includes a front side having a convex portion 998, 999 that can be used to form a mechanical joint when the backing plate 995 is attached to two frames, 47. M407848 hanging, wherein the two frame hangings include Corresponding concave portions of the mechanical joints. An example of these two frame hangers is shown in the figure. The pad 995 also includes a flat side that can be a flat rear side such as the seesaw 506 shown in FIG. One attachment hole set 996 is located at the convex portion 998 and the other attachment hole set 997 is located at the convex shape portion 999. The attachment hole sets 996, 997 can include through holes that pass from the first side of the pad to the second side. Alternatively, the set of attachment holes 990, 997 may extend only through the portion of the path of the backing plate 995. Attachment Hole Collection State, 997 may be threaded or unthreaded. The seesaw 995 can be symmetrical with respect to a horizontal centerline and a vertical centerline passing through the pad 995. As shown in Figure 69, the attachment aperture sets 996, 997 can each include three apertures. In an alternate embodiment, the set of attachment holes 996, 997 can each include three fewer holes (e.g., one or two holes) or more than three holes. The seesaw 995 can be made from any of a variety of materials. For example, the jaw 995 can be made of steel 'such as high strength low alloy steel. As another example, the seesaw 995 can be made of iron, neon, carbon fiber, or some other material or combination of materials. Xin Next Fig. 70 illustrates exemplary frame hangers 98〇, 981. As illustrated, the frame hanger 980 includes (1) a flange 982, (1) a concave portion 984 that can be used to form a mechanical joint when the seesaw 995 is inserted and/or attached to the frame hanger 98, and (iii) is concave. Some of the attached holes are assembled in the state. Similarly frame hanger 981 includes (1) flange 983, (Η) a concave portion 985 that can be used to form a mechanical joint when the seesaw 995 is attached to the frame hanger 981, and (d) a set of attachment holes 987 at the concave portion 985. . In particular, the mechanical joints can be formed when the male-48-M407848 portions 998, 999 are inserted into the concave portions 984, 985. The flanges 982 ' 983 each include a respective inner side and outer side. Figure 7A illustrates the inside of the flanges 982, 983. In an alternate embodiment, a concave portion similar to the concave portion 984 can be located on the outer side of the flange 982, and another concave portion similar to the concave portion 985 can be located on the outer side of the flange 983. In yet another alternative embodiment, the inner and outer sides of the flange 982 ' 983 may each include a respective concave portion of a mechanical connector, when a pad (such as pad 995) is attached to the frame hanger 980, The inner portion of the 981 and the other backing plate (such as the backing plate 995) are attached to the outer sides of the frame hangers 980, 98 1 to form a plurality of mechanical joints. Similar to the other frame hangers described in this description, the frame hangers 980 981 can each include a window-like opening in which a spring dressing frame, a gradual elastic load pad, and a pair of shear springs can be mounted. . The window openings in the frame hangers 980, 981 can be defined by four walls similar to any of the other frame hangers described in this description. Similar to the other frame hangers described in this description, the frame hangers 980, 981 are removably attached to the frame rail and the frame assembly, which in turn is removably attached to the movable beam. The frame hangers 980, 981 can include attachment hole sets 978, 979, respectively, to provide holes through which fasteners can be inserted for attaching the frame hangers 98, 981 to the frame rails. The seesaw 995 is detachably attached to the frame hangers 9 8 , 981 . Any of a variety of fasteners can be used to attach the pad 995 to the frame hangers 98A, 981. The first side of the pad 995 can be symmetrical ' such that any of the convex portions 998, -49-M407848 999 can abut any of the concave portions 984, 985. When the pad 995 is attached to the frame hangers 980, 981, if it is necessary to remove one of the frame hangers 98, 981 (for example, the frame hanger 980) for any reason, the frame hangers 98 and pads can be self-supported. The plate 995 removes the fasteners used to attach the backing plate to the frame hanger 980 to allow the frame hanger 98 to be removed from the suspension assembly including the frame hangers 980, 981.
可藉由使凹形部分984、985鄰接凸形部分998、999而形 成之機械接頭可減小向插入至附接孔集合980、987、 996、997中之緊固件所施加的剪切力之量。—般熟習此項 技術者應理解,藉由墊板及框架掛物形成之機械接頭的其 他配置亦係可能的。舉例而t,可藉由使用以下各物來執 行另一機械接頭配置:⑴在墊板995包括凸形部分998、 "9之位置包括機械接頭之凹形部分的墊板,及(ii)在框架 掛物980、981包括凹形部分98心985之位置包括機械接頭 之凸形部分的框架掛物。圖72說明包含凹形部分⑽i、 1002之墊板1()()(),該等凹形部分可收納兩個框架掛物之凸 形部分,以便形成兩個機械接頭。 作為另一實例,用於機械接頭之凹形部分可能不延伸] 墊板之端部或框架掛物凸緣之端部。根據此實例,墊板』 端部或框架掛物凸緣之端部相對於墊板或框架掛物凸緣4 ,他部分可為平坦的。以此方式’當將緊固件插入至凸片 部分及凹形部分内之附接孔集合中時,可將凸 至凹形部分中且固持於適當位置。凹形部分及凸形部分之 此配置可允許更容易地將墊板附接至框架掛物。 •50· M407848 接下來,圖71說明例示性懸吊總成900。圖71中展示懸 吊總成900之外側。懸吊總成900包括框架掛物902、904、 906、座架總成204、活動樑78、墊板930,及墊板932,其 中墊板930附接至相鄰框架掛物902、904,且墊板932附接 至相鄰框架掛物904、906 »墊板930、932可如同塾板 5 06、墊板995或墊板1000加以組態。The mechanical joint formed by abutting the concave portions 984, 985 adjacent the convex portions 998, 999 can reduce the shear force applied to the fasteners inserted into the attachment hole sets 980, 987, 996, 997. the amount. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, other configurations of mechanical joints formed by pads and frame hangers are also possible. For example, t, another mechanical joint configuration can be performed by using the following: (1) a backing plate 995 including a convex portion 998, a position including a concave portion of the mechanical joint at a position, and (ii) At the location where the frame hangers 980, 981 include the concave portion 98 core 985, the frame hanger of the male portion of the mechanical joint is included. Figure 72 illustrates a backing plate 1()()() containing concave portions (10)i, 1002 that accommodate the convex portions of the two frame hangers to form two mechanical joints. As another example, the concave portion for the mechanical joint may not extend] the end of the backing plate or the end of the frame hanging flange. According to this example, the end of the backing plate or the end of the frame hanger flange may be flat relative to the backing plate or frame hanging flange 4. In this manner, when the fastener is inserted into the tab portion and the set of attachment holes in the concave portion, it can be convex into the concave portion and held in place. This configuration of the concave portion and the convex portion may allow the pad to be attached to the frame hanger more easily. • 50· M407848 Next, FIG. 71 illustrates an exemplary suspension assembly 900. The outer side of the suspension assembly 900 is shown in FIG. The suspension assembly 900 includes frame hangers 902, 904, 906, a frame assembly 204, a movable beam 78, a backing plate 930, and a backing plate 932, wherein the backing plate 930 is attached to adjacent frame hangers 902, 904, and pads The attachment of the plates 932 to adjacent frame hangers 904, 906 » pads 930, 932 can be configured like a seesaw 506, pad 995 or pad 1000.
框架掛物902、904、906可各自包含一或多個凸緣,該 一或多個凸緣包括對應於墊板中之附接孔集合的各別附接 孔集合。作為一實例’框架掛物9〇2、904、906上之凸緣 可如同框架掛物502、504、580、602、980或981之凸緣加 以配置。雖然圖71說明墊板930、932附接至框架掛物 902、904、906之外側,但在一替代配置中,墊板93〇、 932可附接至框架掛物902、904、906之内側。在又一替代 配置中’墊板可附接至框架掛物902、904、906之内側及The frame hangers 902, 904, 906 can each include one or more flanges including respective sets of attachment holes corresponding to the set of attachment holes in the backing plate. As an example, the flanges on the frame hangers 9, 2, 904, 906 can be configured as flanges of the frame hangers 502, 504, 580, 602, 980 or 981. Although FIG. 71 illustrates that the pads 930, 932 are attached to the outside of the frame hangers 902, 904, 906, in an alternative configuration, the pads 93, 932 can be attached to the inside of the frame hangers 902, 904, 906. In yet another alternative configuration, the backing plate can be attached to the inside of the frame hangers 902, 904, 906 and
外側。在又一替代配置中,墊板之各別堆疊可附接至懸吊 總成900之相鄰框架掛物的内側、外側或内側及外側。 框架掛物902包含彈簣安裝架91〇、漸變彈簧率負載墊 912及位於彈簧文裝架910之相對側上的剪切彈簧9〇8、 914。框架掛物9G4包含彈簧安裝架917、漸變彈簧率負載 塾918,及位於彈簧安裝架917之相對側上的剪切彈簧 916、920。框架掛物906包含彈簀安裝架928、漸變彈簧率 負載塾924,及位於彈簧安裝架928之相對側上的剪 922、926。框架掛物之彈簧安裝架、負載 塾及剪切彈簧可如同此描述㈣料—框架掛物所描述之 •51· M407848 任何彈簧安裝架、負載墊及剪切彈簧加以配置。 座架總成204係藉由在彈簧安裝架91〇、917、928中之每 一者處的一或多個緊固件而可拆卸地附接至該等彈簧安裝 架。圖71中之座架總成204可如同圖22所示之座架總成204 加以配置。相似地,圖71中之活動樑78可如同圖22所示之 活動樑78加以配置。 如圖71所示,懸吊總成900經由複數個緊固件而附接至 才[条軌52。可自框架軌52移除懸吊總成以用於維修懸 吊總成900。或者,可自框架軌52移除懸吊總成9〇〇之個別 4刀,而使懸吊總成9〇〇之其他部分保持附接至框架軌 52。舉例而έ,可藉由以下操作而自框架軌52及懸吊總成 900移除框架掛物9〇4 :⑴移除墊板93〇、932 ;⑴)移除將 框架掛物904之彈簧安裝架附接至座架總成2〇4的緊固件; 及(in)移除用以將框架掛物9〇4附接至框架軌52之緊固件。 在一替代實施例中,懸吊總成9〇〇可經修改成包括一或 多個額外框架掛物。在此經修改懸吊總成中,座架總成 204可延伸以到達最左邊框架掛物及最右邊框架掛物内所 彈s女裝架。另外,在此經修改懸吊總成中,可添 加-或多個額外墊板,使得—塾板附接至每—對相鄰框架 掛物。 3·例示性操作特性 圖24As尤明可分別針對圖1、圖22及圖23所說明之類型之 心吊架之特疋實施例獲得的操作特性的圖形表示。圖24A 說明隨垂直偏轉而變之懸吊架跳動負冑。如所展示,此函 -52- M407848 數最初為大體上線性的,其逐漸地增大 量開始隨著負載增大而漸漸地減小。 圖⑽說明可分別針_、圖22及圖辦說明之類型之 懸吊架之特定實施例獲得的其他操作特性的圖形表 ⑽說明隨懸吊架跳動負載而變之㈣架彈簧率。如所展 不,懸爷架具有隨著負載連續增大之彈簀率(曲線… 不連續性)。此外,歸因於此等懸吊架中所使用之漸變彈Outside. In yet another alternative configuration, the respective stacks of pads may be attached to the inside, outside or inside and outside of adjacent frame hangers of the suspension assembly 900. The frame hanger 902 includes a magazine mount 91, a tapered spring rate load pad 912, and shear springs 9A, 914 on opposite sides of the spring frame 910. The frame hanger 9G4 includes a spring mount 917, a graded spring rate load 918, and shear springs 916, 920 on opposite sides of the spring mount 917. The frame hanger 906 includes a magazine mount 928, a graded spring rate load 924, and shears 922, 926 on opposite sides of the spring mount 928. The spring mounts, load jaws and shear springs of the frame hangers can be configured as described in (4) Material-Frame Hangings • 51· M407848 Any spring mount, load pad and shear spring are configured. The mount assembly 204 is removably attached to the spring mounts by one or more fasteners at each of the spring mounts 91, 917, 928. The mount assembly 204 of Figure 71 can be configured as the mount assembly 204 shown in Figure 22. Similarly, the movable beam 78 of Figure 71 can be configured as the movable beam 78 shown in Figure 22. As shown in Figure 71, the suspension assembly 900 is attached to the [rail 52] via a plurality of fasteners. The suspension assembly can be removed from the frame rail 52 for servicing the suspension assembly 900. Alternatively, the individual 4 knives of the suspension assembly 9 can be removed from the frame rail 52 while the other portions of the suspension assembly 9 保持 remain attached to the frame rail 52. For example, the frame hangers 9〇4 can be removed from the frame rail 52 and the suspension assembly 900 by: (1) removing the pads 93〇, 932; (1) removing the spring mounts of the frame hangers 904 Fasteners attached to the mount assembly 2〇4; and (in) removing fasteners for attaching the frame hangers 9〇4 to the frame rails 52. In an alternate embodiment, the suspension assembly 9 can be modified to include one or more additional frame hangers. In the modified suspension assembly, the frame assembly 204 can be extended to reach the leftmost frame hanger and the rightmost frame hanger. Additionally, in this modified suspension assembly, one or more additional pads may be added such that the - seesaw is attached to each adjacent pair of frame hangers. 3. Exemplary Operational Characteristics Figure 24As is a graphical representation of the operational characteristics that can be obtained for the particular embodiment of the heart hanger of the type illustrated in Figures 1, 22 and 23, respectively. Figure 24A illustrates the suspension tripping of the suspension as a function of vertical deflection. As shown, the number of -52-M407848 is initially substantially linear, and its gradual increase begins to gradually decrease as the load increases. Figure (10) illustrates a graphical table (10) of other operational characteristics that can be obtained for a particular embodiment of the suspension of the type illustrated in Figure _, Figure 22, and the description of the Figure. (4) Spring rate as a function of the suspension load of the suspension. As shown, the pendant has a bouncing rate that increases continuously with load (curve... discontinuity). In addition, due to the gradient bombs used in these suspensions
簧率負載墊72的較佳金字塔形狀,彈簧率隨著負載增大而 近乎線性地增大。如同利用輔助彈簧之彈性體彈簧懸吊架 的狀況,在垂直彈簧率中無突變。此等操作特性類似於空 氣懸吊架(並非此類型之機械懸吊架)所表現出之操作特 诠。因此’此等懸吊架表現出極好之側傾穩定性而未損 害行敬品質。The preferred pyramid shape of the spring load pad 72 increases the spring rate nearly linearly as the load increases. As with the condition of the elastomeric spring suspension with the auxiliary spring, there is no abrupt change in the vertical spring rate. These operational characteristics are similar to those exhibited by air suspensions (not mechanical suspensions of this type). Therefore, these suspensions exhibit excellent roll stability without compromising the quality of the line.
直至垂直偏轉之 圖54說明可針對使用本文中所描述之懸吊架之實施例獲 得之相似操作特性的圖形表示。在此方面,「使用該等懸 吊架」指代在車輛之左側及右側皆使用所描述懸吊架。圖 54說明隨垂直偏轉而變之懸吊架跳動負载。如所展示,此 函數最初為大體上線性的,其逐漸地增大,直至垂直偏轉 之量開始隨著負載增大而漸漸地減小。線54A係針對使用 圖1所說明之懸吊架5 0的實施例。 線54B、54C及54D係針對使用包括框架掛物總成33〇之 懸吊架的實施例。對於線54B、54C及54D,負載墊348包 括剛度板402 ’且墊材料404之硬度計為7〇。對於線54B , 在負载墊348與彈簧安裝架346之間插入〇 5吋之填隙片 -53- M407848 (shim plate)(或等於0.5吋之多個填隙片)。對於線54C,在 負載墊348與彈簧安裝架346之間插入0.25吋之填隙月(或等 於0.25吋之多個填隙片)。對於線54D ,在負載墊348與彈 簧安裝架346之間未插入填隙片。 線54E、54F及54G係針對使用包括框架掛物總成33〇之 懸吊架的實施例。對於線54E、54F及54G,在框架掛物總 成330内使用之負載塾不包括剛度板’但該負载塾之高度 與在線54B、54C及54D之實施例中使用之負載墊348的高 度相同。在此方面,框架掛物總成可與負載墊72 一起使 用。對於線54E、54F及54G,負載墊材料之硬度計為65。 對於線54E,在負載墊與彈簧安裝架之間插入〇5吋之填隙 片(或等於0.5吋之多個填隙片)。對於線54F ’在負載墊與 彈簧安裝架之間插入0.25吋之填隙片(或等於〇25吋之多個 填隙片)。對於線54G,在負載墊與彈簧安裝架之間未插入 填隙片。 可定製隨懸吊架跳動負載而變之懸吊架彈簧率以達成所 要行驶品質。舉例而言’對於圖丨、圖22、圖23及圖26所 說明之系統之懸吊架實施例中的每一者,可在安裝架與負 載塾72、348之間插入一個填隙片或多個填隙片。填隙片 提高了負載塾72、348之操作高度,使得與未使用填隙片 時對負載塾72、348之加載相比,對貞載墊&㈣之加載 針對較輕負載開始ϋ佳配置卜填隙片與在負載塾 72 348中使用之基板具有相同 式 的形狀及大小。以此方 可使用用以附接負載墊72 348之緊固件或可能較長 -54· M407848 之緊固件以將填隙片固定於安裝架與負載墊之間。 另外,根據一給定實施例’使用框架掛物3〇〇或33〇之給 . 定懸吊架可具有及/或提供(但不限於具有及/或提供)以下 特性中之一或多者:⑴隨著施加至給定懸吊架之負載增大 而連續增大之彈簧率(曲線的且無不連續性);(ii)隨著施加 至疋,差吊架之負載增大而近乎線性增大之彈簧率;(iH) 歸因於在間接附接至框架掛物3〇〇或33〇之均衡樑之中心襯 φ 套處所產生之樞轉點而導致的極小之軸間制動負載轉移 及/或改良之關節連接;(iv)對給定懸吊架之一或多個彈簧 有極小拉伸加載或無拉伸加載;(幻歸因於緊固件數目之減 ^、降低緊固件預加載之關鍵性的機械接頭及給定懸吊架 之一或多個彈簧中之拉伸加載消除而獲得的改良之耐久 性;(Vi)在輕度加載之底盤上良好之行駛品質,而未犧牲 額定底盤負載下之側傾穩定性;(vii)對於輪胎鏈之使用無 限制,及(viii)當使用給定懸吊架之車輛遇到中等至大的道 ® 路條件或操作條件變化時未歸因於辅助彈簧之嚙合或脫齧 而導致彈簧率突變。 4·額外實施例之實例 在圓括號内羅列之以下條款描述額外實施例。 (1) 一種用於一懸吊系統之負載墊,該負載墊包含: 一墊部分,其包含一給定材料;及 一基板,其具有一頂側、一底侧及多個邊緣, 其中該墊部分延伸遠離該基板之該頂側且其至少一垂直 截面具有兩個斜邊緣。 -55- M407848 (2) 如條款(1)之負載墊, 材料。 (3) 如條款(1)之負載墊, 體材料。 (4) 如條款(1)之負載墊, 以下各物組成之群的材料 甲酸醋。 其中該給定材料包含 其中該給定材料包含 其中該給定材料包含 :(i)胺基甲酸酯 (5)如條款(1)、(2)、(3)或(4)之負載墊, 合至該基板。 一彈性體 一黏彈性 一選自由 ’及(ii)聚胺基 其中該墊部分黏Figure 54 up to vertical deflection illustrates a graphical representation of similar operational characteristics that can be obtained for embodiments using the suspensions described herein. In this regard, "the use of such suspensions" refers to the use of the described suspension on both the left and right sides of the vehicle. Figure 54 illustrates the suspension bounce load as a function of vertical deflection. As shown, this function is initially substantially linear, which gradually increases until the amount of vertical deflection begins to gradually decrease as the load increases. Line 54A is directed to an embodiment of the suspension frame 50 illustrated in FIG. Lines 54B, 54C, and 54D are directed to embodiments that use a suspension that includes a frame hanger assembly 33A. For lines 54B, 54C, and 54D, load pad 348 includes stiffness plate 402' and pad material 404 has a durometer of 7 inches. For line 54B, a shimming pad -53-M407848 (shim plate) (or a plurality of shim plates equal to 0.5 angstrom) is inserted between the load pad 348 and the spring mount 346. For line 54C, a 0.25 inch interstitial month (or a plurality of shims of 0.25 inch) is inserted between the load pad 348 and the spring mount 346. For line 54D, a shim is not inserted between load pad 348 and spring mount 346. Lines 54E, 54F, and 54G are directed to embodiments that use a suspension that includes a frame hanger assembly 33A. For lines 54E, 54F, and 54G, the load 使用 used within frame hanger assembly 330 does not include a stiffness plate' but the height of the load 相同 is the same as the height of load pad 348 used in the embodiments of lines 54B, 54C, and 54D. In this regard, the frame hanger assembly can be used with the load pad 72. For lines 54E, 54F and 54G, the hardness of the load pad material is 65. For line 54E, a 填5吋 shim (or a plurality of shims of 0.5 )) is inserted between the load pad and the spring mount. For the wire 54F', a 0.25 inch shims (or a plurality of shims of 〇25吋) are inserted between the load pad and the spring mount. For line 54G, a shim is not inserted between the load pad and the spring mount. The suspension spring rate can be customized with the suspension beating load to achieve the desired ride quality. For example, for each of the suspension embodiments of the system illustrated in Figures 22, 23, and 26, a shim may be inserted between the mounting bracket and the load ports 72, 348 or Multiple shims. The shims increase the operating height of the load ports 72, 348 such that loading of the load pads & (4) is better for lighter loads than loading the load ports 72, 348 when the shims are not used. The shim is of the same shape and size as the substrate used in the load cassette 72 348. In this way, a fastener for attaching the load pad 72 348 or a fastener that may be longer -54· M407848 can be used to secure the shim between the mounting bracket and the load pad. Additionally, a given suspension may be provided and/or provided with, but not limited to, having and/or providing one or more of the following features in accordance with a given embodiment: (1) The rate of spring that increases continuously as the load applied to a given suspension increases (curve and no discontinuities); (ii) as applied to helium, the load on the differential hanger increases and is nearly linear Increased spring rate; (iH) due to the extremely small inter-axle brake load transfer caused by the pivot point generated at the center lining of the equalizing beam attached indirectly to the frame hanger 3〇〇 or 33〇 / or improved joint connection; (iv) minimal or no tensile loading of one or more springs of a given suspension; (smart due to the number of fasteners minus ^, reduced fastener preload The critical mechanical joint and improved durability obtained by the elimination of tensile loading in one or more springs of a given suspension; (Vi) good driving quality on a lightly loaded chassis without sacrificing Roll stability under rated chassis load; (vii) for tire chain use System, and (viii) a sudden change in spring rate when a vehicle using a given suspension encounters a medium to large road condition or operating condition change that is not attributed to the engagement or disengagement of the auxiliary spring. EXAMPLES of Embodiments Additional embodiments are described in the following clauses enclosed in parentheses. (1) A load pad for a suspension system, the load pad comprising: a pad portion including a given material; and a substrate And having a top side, a bottom side and a plurality of edges, wherein the pad portion extends away from the top side of the substrate and has at least one vertical section having two beveled edges. -55- M407848 (2) as stated in the clause (1) (3) Load pad, body material as in clause (1) (4) For the load pad of clause (1), the following group of materials consists of formic acid vinegar. Including a load pad in which the given material comprises: (i) a urethane (5) such as clause (1), (2), (3) or (4), bonded to the substrate An elastomer-viscoelastic one selected from the group consisting of 'and (ii) polyamines in which the mat is partially viscous
(6)如條款⑴、(2)、(3)、⑷或(5)之負載墊其中該塾 部分為金字塔形狀且具有—平行於該基板之該頂側的 面。 ⑺如條款⑴、⑺、(3)、⑷、(5)或(6)之負載墊,(6) The load pad of clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) wherein the 塾 portion is pyramid-shaped and has a face parallel to the top side of the substrate. (7) A load pad as in clause (1), (7), (3), (4), (5) or (6),
其中該頂側之部分、該底側之部分及該多個邊緣之部分 被用作在該負载墊之製造期間保持該基板的心型撐且 其中該給定材料覆蓋惟心型撐除外的全部該基板。 (8) 如條款(1)、(2)、(3)、(4) ' (5)、(幻或⑺之負載墊, 其中該負載墊包含複數個水平截面,且 其中每一水平戴面具有一共同形狀及一各別大小。 (9) 如條款(1)、(2)、(3)、(4)、(5)、(6)、⑺或(8)之負載 塾’其中該共同形狀為矩形。 (1〇)如條款(1)、(2)、(3)、(4)、(5)、(6)、(7)或(8)之負 載塾’其中該共同形狀為圓形。 (11)一種用於一懸吊系統之負載墊該負載墊包含: -56 - M407848 一第一墊部分; 一第二墊部分; 一基板,其具有一頂側及一底側;及 一剛度板,其具有一頂側及一底側, 其中該基板之該頂側平行於該剛度板之該頂侧, '、中〇第塾部分延伸遠離該基板之該頂側且其至少一 垂直截面具有兩個斜邊緣,且 其中該第二墊部分位於該基板與該剛度板之該底側之 間。 (12) 如條款(Η)之負載墊, 其中該基板在該基板之該頂側與該基板之該底側之間具 有多個邊緣, 其中該剛度板在該剛度板之該頂側與該剛度板之該底側 之間具有多個邊緣, 其中s亥第二墊部分覆蓋該基板之該多個邊緣、該基板之 該底側及該剛度板之該多個邊緣,且 其中該第二墊部分接觸該第一墊部分。 (13) 如條款(11)或(12)之負載墊, 其中該基板包含具有一各別安裝孔之至少一耳部,且 其中該負載墊可經由一被插入通過每一耳部之該孔且插 入至一彈簧安裝架中之一各別孔中的各別緊固件而附接至 該彈簧安裝架。 (14) 如條款(11)、(12)或(13)之負載墊, 其中該基板黏合至該第二墊部分,且 •57· M407848 其中該剛度板黏合至該第一墊部分及該第二墊部分。 (15) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)或(14)之負載墊, 其中該基板係由一選自由以下各物組成之群的材料製 成:⑴鐵、(ii)鋼、(iii)鋁、(iv)塑膠,及(v)—複合材 料,且 其中該剛度板係由一選自由以下各物組成之群的材料製 成:⑴鐵、(ii)鋼、(iii)鋁、(iv)塑膠,及(v)—複合材料。 (16) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)、(14)或(15)之負載墊,其 中該第一墊部分及該第二墊部分為彈性體的。 (17) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)、(14)、(15)或(16)之負載 墊,其中該第一墊部分及該第二墊部分係藉由一被放入一 固持該基板及該剛度板之模具中的彈性體形成。 (18) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)、(14)或(15)之負載墊,其 中該第一墊部分及該第二墊部分係由一選自由以下各物組 成之群的材料製成:(i) 一黏彈性體材料、(ii)胺基曱酸 酯,及(iii)聚胺基甲酸酯。 (19) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)、(14)、(15)、(16)、(17)或 (18)之負載墊,其中該第一墊部分具有一具有一修平頂表 面之大體上金字塔形狀。 (20) 如條款(11)、(12)、(13)、(14)、(15)、(16)、(17)、 (18)或(19)之負載墊, 其中該負載墊包含複數個水平截面,且其中每一水平截 面具有一共同形狀及一各別大小。 (21) 如條款(2〇)之負載墊,其中該共同形狀為矩形。 •58· M407848 (22) 如條款(20)之負載墊,其中該共同形狀為矩形。 (23) —種懸吊總成,其包含: 一彈簧殼體,其具有一第一内壁及一第二内壁; 一第一剪切彈簧; 一第二剪切彈簧;及 一彈簧安裝架; 其中該第-剪切彈簧在該第_内壁與該彈簧安裝架之間Wherein the portion of the top side, the portion of the bottom side, and portions of the plurality of edges are used to hold the core support of the substrate during manufacture of the load pad and wherein the given material covers all but the center of the support The substrate. (8) In the case of clause (1), (2), (3), (4) ' (5), (phantom or (7) load pad, where the load pad comprises a plurality of horizontal sections, and each of the levels is worn Have a common shape and a different size. (9) If the load of the clause (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8) 塾The common shape is a rectangle. (1〇) as in the terms (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8) load 塾 'where the common shape (11) A load pad for a suspension system. The load pad comprises: -56 - M407848 a first pad portion; a second pad portion; a substrate having a top side and a bottom side And a stiffness plate having a top side and a bottom side, wherein the top side of the substrate is parallel to the top side of the stiffness board, and the middle portion of the middle portion extends away from the top side of the substrate and The at least one vertical section has two oblique edges, and wherein the second pad portion is located between the substrate and the bottom side of the rigidity plate. (12) The load pad of clause (Η), wherein the substrate is on the substrate The top side and the a plurality of edges between the bottom sides of the substrate, wherein the stiffness plate has a plurality of edges between the top side of the stiffness plate and the bottom side of the stiffness plate, wherein the second pad portion covers the substrate The plurality of edges, the bottom side of the substrate, and the plurality of edges of the stiffness plate, and wherein the second pad portion contacts the first pad portion. (13) A load pad as in clause (11) or (12) The substrate includes at least one ear portion having a respective mounting hole, and wherein the load pad is insertable into the respective hole of one of the spring mounting brackets via a hole inserted through each of the ear portions Each of the fasteners is attached to the spring mount. (14) The load pad of clause (11), (12) or (13), wherein the substrate is bonded to the second pad portion, and • 57· M407848 The rigidity plate is bonded to the first pad portion and the second pad portion. (15) The load pad of clause (11), (12), (13) or (14), wherein the substrate is selected from the group consisting of The materials of each group are made of: (1) iron, (ii) steel, (iii) aluminum, (iv) plastic, and (v)-re a composite material, and wherein the stiffness plate is made of a material selected from the group consisting of: (1) iron, (ii) steel, (iii) aluminum, (iv) plastic, and (v)-composite. (16) The load pad of clause (11), (12), (13), (14) or (15), wherein the first pad portion and the second pad portion are elastomeric. (17) The load pad of (11), (12), (13), (14), (15) or (16), wherein the first pad portion and the second pad portion are held by a substrate And an elastomer in the mold of the stiffness plate is formed. (18) The load pad of clause (11), (12), (13), (14) or (15), wherein the first pad portion and the second pad portion are selected from the group consisting of: The group of materials is made of: (i) a viscoelastic material, (ii) an amino phthalate, and (iii) a polyurethane. (19) The load pad of clause (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17) or (18), wherein the first pad portion has one with one Flatten the general pyramid shape of the top surface. (20) The load pad of clause (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18) or (19), wherein the load pad comprises a plurality A horizontal section, and each of the horizontal sections has a common shape and a respective size. (21) The load pad of clause (2), wherein the common shape is a rectangle. • 58. M407848 (22) The load pad of clause (20), wherein the common shape is a rectangle. (23) A suspension assembly comprising: a spring housing having a first inner wall and a second inner wall; a first shear spring; a second shear spring; and a spring mount; Wherein the first shear spring is between the first inner wall and the spring mount
經固持成壓縮狀態’且該第二剪切彈簧在該第二内壁與該 彈簧安裝架之間經固持成壓縮狀態。 、乂 (24)如條款(23)之懸吊總成, 其中該第-剪切彈簧包括一第—端部及一第二端部, 其中該第二剪切彈簧包括一第-端部及一第二端部, 其中該彈簀安裝架包括一第—安裝架容腔 架容腔, 衣 其中該第一内壁包括一第一壁容腔,The second shear spring is held in a compressed state by being held in a compressed state and held between the second inner wall and the spring mount. The suspension assembly of clause (23), wherein the first shearing spring includes a first end portion and a second end portion, wherein the second shear spring includes a first end portion and a second end portion, wherein the magazine mounting frame comprises a first mounting frame cavity, wherein the first inner wall comprises a first wall cavity
其中該第二内壁包括一第二壁容腔, 其中該第一剪切彈箐之該第_ 内 , ’ 端°卜可位於該第一壁容腔 其中該第一剪切彈簧之該第 容腔内, 其中該第二剪切彈簧之該第 内,且 其中該第二剪切彈簧之該第 容腔内。 一端部可位於該第一安裝架 —端部可位於該第二壁容腔 一罐邹可位於該第二安裝架 •59· M407848 (25) 如條款(23)或(24)之懸吊總成, 其中該懸吊總成包含複數個通孔,且 其中該懸吊總成經由置放於一框架軌上方且通過該複數 個通孔之複數個U形螺栓而附接至該框架執。 (26) 如條款(23) ' (24)或(25)之懸吊總成,其進一步包 含: 一框架掛物,其包含一下壁及一側壁, 其中該下壁包括經配置成一給定圖案之複數個通孔, 其中該彈簧殼體包括經配置成該給定圖案之複數個孔, 其中該框架掛物經由被插入至該下壁之該等通孔及該彈 簧殼體之該等孔中的緊固件而附接至該彈簧殼體,且 其中該彈簧殼體可經由被插入至該側壁之該等通孔及一 框架軌之通孔中的緊固件而附接至該框架軌。 (27) 如條款(26)之懸卡總成,其進一步包含: 另一彈簧殼體’其附接至該框架掛物, 其中該另一彈簧殼體包含另一第一内壁、另一第二内 壁、另一彈簧安裝架' 另一第一剪切彈簧及另一第二剪切 彈簧, 其中該另一第一剪切彈簧在該另一第一内壁與該另一彈 簣安裝架之間經固持成壓縮狀態,且 其中該另一第二剪切彈簧在該另一第二内壁與該另一彈 簧安裝架之間經固持成壓縮狀態。 (28) 如條款(23)、(24)、(25)、(26)或(27)之懸吊總成, 其進一步包含: M407848 一負載墊,其安裝至該彈簧安裝架。 (29) 如條款(28)之懸吊總成,其中該負載墊包含一彈性 體漸變彈簧率負載墊。 (30) 如條款(28)之懸吊總成,其中該負載墊包含一彈性 體部分’該彈性體部分具有一具有一修平頂表面之金字塔 形狀。 (31) 如條款(30)之懸吊總成, 其中該彈簧殼體進一步包括一具有一弯頂狀組態之頂 壁,且 其中當將一負載施加至該負載塾時,該修平頂表面接觸 該穹頂狀組態。 (32) 如條款(23)、(24)、(25)、(26)、(27)、(28)、(29)、 (3〇)或(31)之懸爷總成,其進一步包含: 一第一座架總成;及 一第二座架總成, 其中該彈簧安裝架包含一第一座架界面及一第二座架界 面, 其中該第一座架總成在該第一座架界面處附接至該彈簧 安裝架,且 其中該第一座架總成在該第二座架界面處附接至該彈簧 安裝架。 ’ (33) 如條款(32)之懸吊總成, 一其中該第一座架界面包括—第一機械接頭之一具有一給 定角度之凹形部分, •61 - M407848 其中該第二座架界面形成一第二機械接頭之一具有該給 定角度之凹形部分, 其中該第一座架總成包括該第一機械接頭之一具有該給 定角度之凸形部分,且 其中該第二座架總成包括該第二機械接頭之一具有該給 定角度之凸形部分。 (34) 如條款(33)之懸吊總成,其中該給定角度係在120度 與18 0度之間。 (35) 如條款(32)之懸吊總成,其進一步包含: —均衡樑’其附接至⑴該第一座架總成、(ii)該第二座 架總成、(iii)一第一軸及(iv)—第二軸。 (36) —種模組化懸吊系統,其包含: 一如條款(23)中所敍述之第一懸吊總成;及 一如條款(23)中所敍述之第二懸吊總成。 (37) 如條款(23)、(24)、(25)、(26)、(27)、(28)、(29)、 (3 〇)或(3 1)之模組化懸吊系統,其進一步包含: 一第一座架總成;及 一第二座架總成; 其中該第一座架總成附接至該第一懸吊總成之一彈簧安 裝架上的一第一位置,且附接至該第二懸吊總成之一彈簧 女裝架上的一第一位置,且 其中該第二座架總成附接至該第一懸吊總成之該彈簧安 裝架上的一第二位置’且附接至該第二懸书總成之該彈簧 安裝架上的一第二位置。 M407848 (38) 如條款(37)之模組化懸吊系統,其進一步包含: 一第—均衡樑,其附接至該第一座架總成及該第二座架 總成, 其t該第一均衡樑可附接至一第一轴及一第二軸。 (39) 如條款(38)之模組化懸吊系統,其進一步包含: —如條款(23)中所敍述之第三懸吊總成; —如條款(23)中所敍述之第四懸吊總成; —第三座架總成; 一第四座架總成;及 —第二均衡樑,其附接至該第三座架總成及該第四座架 總成; 其中該第三座架總成附接至該第三懸吊總成之一彈酱安 裝架上的一第一位置,且附接至該第四懸吊總成之一彈簧 安裝架上的一第一位置, 其中該第四座架總成附接至該第三懸吊總成之該彈簧安 裝架上的一第二位置,且附接至該第四懸吊總成之該彈簧 女'裝架上的一第二位置,且 其中該第二均衡樑可附接至該第一轴及該第二軸。 (4〇)如條款(3 7)、(38)或(39)之模組化懸吊系統,其進一 步包含: 一第一負载墊,其安裝於該第一懸吊總成之該彈簧安裝 架上;及 一第二負載墊,其安裝於該第二懸吊總成之該彈簧安裝 架上。 -63- 肌4U7848 (41) 如條款(40)之模組化懸吊系統, 其中該第一負載墊包含一第一彈性體負载塾;且 其中該第二負載墊包含一第二彈性體負載塾。 (42) 如條款(41)之模組化懸吊系統, 其中該第一彈性體負載墊在該第一彈性體負載墊之加載 期間具有一漸變彈簧率,且 其中該第二彈性體負載墊在該第二彈性體負載塾之加載 期間具有一漸變彈簧率。 (43) 如條款(40)之模組化懸吊系統, 其中該第一負載墊包含一第一黏彈性體負載墊;且 其中該第二負載墊包含一第二黏彈性體負載墊。 (44) 如條款(43)之模組化懸吊系統, 其中該第一黏彈性體負載墊在該第一黏彈性體負載墊之 加載期間具有一漸變彈簧率,且 其中該第二黏彈性體負載墊在該第二黏彈性體負載墊之 加載期間具有一漸變彈簧率。 (100) —種裝置,其包含: 一頂侧; 一底側; 一内側’其包括一第一座架界面; 一外側,其包括一第二座架界面; 一前側,其包括一第一容腔;及 一後侧,其包括一第二容腔, 其中該第一容腔經組態以容置一第一彈菁,且 其中該第二容腔Μ相能 站,&、,且態以容置一第二彈簧。 (101) 如條款(1〇〇)之裝置, 二中該第-座架界面係部分地藉由―第—頂點、一遠離 S *頂點朝向該刖側延伸之第一傾斜平面及一遠離該第 一=點朝向該後側延伸之第二傾斜平面界定且 ;’、中該第—座架界面係部分地藉由一第二頂點、一遠離 頂點朝向該别側延伸之第三傾斜平面及—遠離該第 二頂點朝向該後側延伸 甲之第四傾斜平面界定。 (102) 如條款(1〇1)之裝置, 其中該第一頂點、兮哲 該第—傾斜平面及該第二傾斜平面形 成一第—機械接頭之-目士 ^ v ^ ^ 具有一角度之凹形部分,其中該角 度係在120度與180度之間,且 其中該第二頂點、亡玄筮_ /s w " °第二傾斜平面及該第四傾斜平面形 成一第二機械接頭之_ ^ 具有一角度之凹形部分,其中該角 度係在120度與180度之間。 (102A)如條款(102)之裝置, 其中該第-機械接頭之該凹形部分具有一為16〇度之角 度;且 ”中該第—機械接頭之該凹形部分具有一為】度之角 度。 (102B)如條款(102)之裝置’ 其中該第-機械接頭之該㈣部分經线以收納該第一 機械接頭之一凸形部分, 其中該第-機械接頭之該凸形部分位於—附接至該裝置 -65. M407848 之第一座架上, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分經組態以收納該第_ 機械接頭之一凸形部分, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分位於一附接至該裝置 之第二座架上。 (103)如條款(1〇2B)之裝置, 其中該第一頂點包括一用以減輕一施加至該第—機械接 頭之應力的第一嵌條,且 其中該第—頂點包括一用以減輕一施加至該第二機械接 頭之應力的第二嵌條。 (103A)如條款(1〇3)之裝置, 其中一緊固至該裝置之該内側的座架之一頂點包括一欲 條,該嵌條大於該第一嵌條,以便防止該第一嵌條接觸緊 固至該裝置之該内側的該座架,且 其中一緊固至該裝置之該外側的座架之一頂點包括一嵌 條,j嵌條大於該第二嵌條,以便防止該第二嵌條接觸緊 固至該裝置之該外側的該座架。 (103B)如條款(1〇2B)或(1〇3)之裝置, 其中緊固至該裝置之該内侧的該座架之一頂點已被截 斷,以便防止該第一頂點接觸緊固至該裝置之該内側的該 座架,且 其中緊固至該裝置之該外側的該座架之一頂點已被截 斷,以便防止該第二頂點接觸緊固至該裝置之該外側的該 座架。 • 66· M407848 (104) 如條款(100)、(ιοί)、(102)、(1〇2A)、(1〇2B)、 (103)、(103A)或(1〇3B)之裝置,其中該底側之一位於該前 側與該後側之間且位於該内側與該外側之間的部分形成一 半圓拱。 (105) 如條款(1〇〇)、(101)、(1〇2)、(1〇2A)、(1〇2B)、 (103)、(103A)、(103B)或(104)之裝置, 其中該裝置包括一自該頂側延伸至該第一座架界面之第 一孔口, 其中該裝置包括一自該頂側延伸至該第二座架界面之第 二孔口, 其中該第一孔口經組態以收納一用於將一負載墊保持至 第一頂側表面且用於將一第一座架保持至該第一座架界面 之第一緊固件,且 其中該第二孔口經組態以收納一用於將該負載墊保持至 該第一頂側表面且用於將一第二座架保持至該第二座架界 面之第二緊固件。 (106) 如條款(1〇〇)、(101)、(1〇2)、(1〇2A)、(1〇2B)、 (103)、(103A)、(103B)、(104)或(105)之裝置,其中該裝 置係由一選自由以下各物組成之群的材料製成:鐵、鋼、 鋁及碳纖維。 (107) 如條款(100)、(101)、(102)、(102A)、(102B)、 (103)、(1〇3Α)、(103B)、(104)或(105)之裝置,其中該裝 置係由延性鐵製成。 (108) 如條款(1〇〇)、(101)、(1〇2)、(1〇2A)、(1〇2B)、 ·67· M407848 (103)、(103A)、(103B)、(104)、(105)、(106)或(107)之裝 置, 其中該第一彈簧包含一第一剪切彈簧,該第一剪切彈簧 包括一第一彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第一負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板,且 其中該第二彈簧包含一第二剪切彈簧,該第二剪切彈簧 包括一第二彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第二負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板。 (109) 如條款(1〇〇)、(ιοί)、(1〇2)、(1〇2A)、(1〇2B) ' (103)、(103A)、(103B)、(104)、(105) ' (106)或(107)之裝 置, 其中該第一彈簧包含複數個彈性體負載阻塊及複數個 板, 其中該第一彈簧之每一板係藉由該第一彈簧之一負載阻 塊分離, 其中該第二彈簧包含複數個彈性體負載阻塊及複數個 板,且 其中該第二彈簧之每一板係藉由該第二彈簧之一負載阻 塊分離。 (110) 如條款(100)、(101)、(1〇2)、(1〇2Α)、(ι〇2Β)、 (103) 、 (ι〇3Α) 、 (ι〇3Β) 、 (104) 、 (1〇5) 、 (1〇6) 、 (ι〇7)、 (108)或(109)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧之壓縮使該第一彈簧保持於該第一容腔 與一位於一彈簧殼體中之第三容腔之間,且 •68- M407848 其中該第二彈簀之壓縮使該第二彈簧保持於該第二容腔 與一位於該彈簧殼體中之第四容腔之間。 (in)如條款(100)、(101)、(102)、(102A)、(102B)、 (103)、(103A)、(103B)、(104)、(1〇5)、(1〇6)、(1〇7)、 (108)、(109)或(no)之裝置, 其中該第一容腔提供對該第一彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力,且 其中該第二容腔提供對該第二彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力。 (112) 如條款(100)、(101)、(1〇2)、(1〇2A)、G〇2B)、 (1〇3)、(ι〇3Α)、(103B)、(104)、(1〇5)、(1〇6)、〇〇7)、 (108)或(1〇9)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧之壓縮使該第一彈簧保持於該第一容腔 與一位於一框架掛物中之第三容腔之間,且 其中该第二彈簧之壓縮使該第二彈簧保持於該第二容腔 與一位於該框架掛物中之第四容腔之間。 (113) 如條款(112)之裝置, 其中該第一容腔提供對該第一彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力,且 其中該第二容腔提供對該第二彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力。 (U4) —種裝置,其包含: -頂側’其中該頂側包括一第—頂側表面、一第二頂側 表面及-第三頂側表面,其中該第二頂側表面及該第三頂 -69- M407848 側表面位於該第一頂側表面下方; 一底側; 一内側,其包括一第一座架界面; 一外侧,其包括一第二座架界面; 一前側,其包括一第一容腔;及 一後側,其包括一第二容腔, 其中該第一容腔經組態以容置一第一彈箐,且 其中該第二容腔經組態以容置一第二彈菁。 (115)如條款(114)之裝置, 其中該頂側進一步包括一第四頂側表面及一第五頂側表 面., 其中該第-頂側表面位於該第四頂側表面與該第五頂側 表面之間,且 其中該第四頂侧表面及該第五頂側表面位於該第一頂側 表面上方。 (叫)如條款(114)或⑴5)之裝置,纟中該第—頂側表面 已含至夕-安裝孔口,該至少一安裝孔口經組態以收納— 用於將-負载塾保持至該第一頂側表面之各別緊固件。 (117)如條款(114)、(115)或(116)之裝置, ::该第一座架界面係部分地藉由-第-頂點、一遠離 朝向該前側延伸之第一傾斜平面及-遠離該第 向該後側延伸之第二傾斜平面界定,且 其中5亥第二^ 該第-頂^ 面係部分地藉由-第二頂點、-遠離 第-頂點朝向該前側延伸之第三傾斜平面及一遠離該第 M407848 頂點朝向該後側延伸之第四傾斜平面界定。 (118) 如條款(117)之裝置, 八中該第一頂點、該第一傾斜平面及該第二傾斜平面形 第機械接頭之一具有一角度之凹形部分,其中該角 度係在120度與18〇度之間,且 其中該第二頂點、該第三傾斜平面及該第四傾斜平面形Wherein the second inner wall includes a second wall cavity, wherein the first inner portion of the first shearing magazine is located in the first wall cavity, wherein the first shear spring is the first volume Inside the cavity, wherein the second shearing spring is in the first cavity, and wherein the second shearing spring is in the first cavity. One end portion may be located at the first mounting bracket - the end portion may be located in the second wall cavity, a canister is located in the second mounting bracket, 59. M407848 (25), as in clause (23) or (24) The suspension assembly includes a plurality of through holes, and wherein the suspension assembly is attached to the frame via a plurality of U-bolts disposed above a frame rail and passing through the plurality of through holes. (26) The suspension assembly of (24) or (25), further comprising: a frame hanger comprising a lower wall and a side wall, wherein the lower wall comprises a configuration of a given pattern a plurality of through holes, wherein the spring housing includes a plurality of holes configured to the given pattern, wherein the frame hangers are inserted into the holes of the lower wall and the holes of the spring case A fastener is attached to the spring housing, and wherein the spring housing is attachable to the frame rail via fasteners that are inserted into the through holes of the side wall and the through holes of a frame rail. (27) The suspension card assembly of clause (26), further comprising: another spring housing 'attached to the frame hanger, wherein the other spring housing includes another first inner wall, another second Inner wall, another spring mount 'another first shear spring and another second shear spring, wherein the other first shear spring is between the other first inner wall and the other magazine mount Retained in a compressed state, and wherein the other second shear spring is held in a compressed state between the other second inner wall and the other spring mount. (28) The suspension assembly of clause (23), (24), (25), (26) or (27), further comprising: M407848 a load pad mounted to the spring mount. (29) The suspension assembly of clause (28), wherein the load pad comprises an elastomeric gradient spring rate load pad. (30) The suspension assembly of clause (28), wherein the load pad comprises an elastomer portion, the elastomer portion having a pyramid shape having a flattened top surface. (31) The suspension assembly of clause (30), wherein the spring housing further comprises a top wall having a curved top configuration, and wherein the flattening top surface is applied when a load is applied to the load Touch the dome configuration. (32) in the case of clause (23), (24), (25), (26), (27), (28), (29), (3〇) or (31), which further includes a first mount assembly; and a second mount assembly, wherein the spring mount includes a first mount interface and a second mount interface, wherein the first mount assembly is at the first Attached to the spring mount at the mount interface, and wherein the first mount assembly is attached to the spring mount at the second mount interface. (33) The suspension assembly of clause (32), wherein the first mount interface includes - one of the first mechanical joints has a concave portion at a given angle, • 61 - M407848 wherein the second seat The shelf interface forms a concave portion of the second mechanical joint having the given angle, wherein the first mount assembly includes a convex portion of the first mechanical joint having the given angle, and wherein the first The two mount assembly includes a convex portion of the second mechanical joint having the given angle. (34) The suspension assembly of clause (33), wherein the given angle is between 120 degrees and 18 degrees. (35) The suspension assembly of clause (32), further comprising: - an equalizing beam 'attached to (1) the first mount assembly, (ii) the second mount assembly, (iii) one The first axis and (iv) - the second axis. (36) A modular suspension system comprising: a first suspension assembly as described in clause (23); and a second suspension assembly as described in clause (23). (37) Modular suspension systems such as clauses (23), (24), (25), (26), (27), (28), (29), (3 〇) or (3 1), The method further includes: a first mount assembly; and a second mount assembly; wherein the first mount assembly is attached to a first position on one of the spring mounts of the first suspension assembly And attaching to a first position on the spring hanger of the second suspension assembly, and wherein the second mount assembly is attached to the spring mount of the first suspension assembly a second position 'and attached to a second position on the spring mount of the second pendant assembly. M407848 (38) The modular suspension system of clause (37), further comprising: a first equalization beam attached to the first mount assembly and the second mount assembly, The first equalization beam can be attached to a first axis and a second axis. (39) The modular suspension system of clause (38), further comprising: - a third suspension assembly as described in clause (23); - a fourth suspension as described in clause (23) a suspension assembly; a third frame assembly; a fourth frame assembly; and a second equalizing beam attached to the third frame assembly and the fourth frame assembly; wherein the a three-seat assembly attached to a first position on one of the third suspension assemblies and attached to a first position on one of the spring assemblies of the fourth suspension assembly Wherein the fourth mount assembly is attached to a second position on the spring mount of the third suspension assembly and attached to the spring female 'assembly of the fourth suspension assembly a second position, and wherein the second equalization beam is attachable to the first axis and the second axis. (4) The modular suspension system of clause (37), (38) or (39), further comprising: a first load pad mounted to the spring suspension of the first suspension assembly And a second load pad mounted on the spring mount of the second suspension assembly. A modular suspension system according to clause (40), wherein the first load pad comprises a first elastomeric load; and wherein the second load pad comprises a second elastomeric load private school. (42) The modular suspension system of clause (41), wherein the first elastomeric load pad has a gradual spring rate during loading of the first elastomeric load pad, and wherein the second elastomeric load pad There is a gradual spring rate during loading of the second elastomer load. (43) The modular suspension system of clause (40), wherein the first load pad comprises a first viscoelastic load pad; and wherein the second load pad comprises a second viscoelastic load pad. (44) The modular suspension system of clause (43), wherein the first viscoelastic load pad has a graded spring rate during loading of the first viscoelastic load pad, and wherein the second viscoelasticity The body load pad has a graded spring rate during loading of the second viscoelastic load pad. (100) A device comprising: a top side; a bottom side; an inner side comprising a first frame interface; an outer side comprising a second frame interface; a front side comprising a first a cavity, and a rear cavity, wherein the first cavity is configured to receive a first elastic crystal, and wherein the second cavity is capable of standing, &, And to accommodate a second spring. (101) The apparatus of clause (1), wherein the first-seat interface is partially separated by a first apex, a first inclined plane extending away from the S* vertex toward the 刖 side, and a distance away from the a first slanted plane extending from the first = point toward the rear side; and wherein the first cradle interface is partially by a second apex, a third inclined plane extending away from the apex toward the other side, and - defined by a fourth inclined plane that extends away from the second apex toward the rear side. (102) The device of clause (1, 1), wherein the first vertex, the first inclined plane, and the second inclined plane form a first mechanical joint - the eyepiece ^ v ^ ^ has an angle a concave portion, wherein the angle is between 120 degrees and 180 degrees, and wherein the second apex, the sinusoidal _ /sw " ° second inclined plane and the fourth inclined plane form a second mechanical joint _ ^ A concave portion having an angle, wherein the angle is between 120 degrees and 180 degrees. (102A) The device of clause (102), wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint has an angle of 16 degrees; and wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint has a degree (102B) The device of clause (102) wherein the (four) portion of the first mechanical joint is warp to receive a convex portion of the first mechanical joint, wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is located Attaching to the first mount of the device -65. M407848, wherein the concave portion of the second mechanical joint is configured to receive a convex portion of the first mechanical joint, wherein the second mechanical joint The convex portion is located on a second mount attached to the device. (103) The device of clause (1〇2B), wherein the first vertex comprises a lightening to apply to the first mechanical joint a first fillet of stress, and wherein the first apex includes a second fillet for mitigating a stress applied to the second mechanical joint. (103A) A device as in clause (1〇3), one of One of the vertices of the mount fastened to the inner side of the device includes a strip, The strip is larger than the first fill strip to prevent the first fillet from contacting the mount that is fastened to the inner side of the device, and wherein one of the vertices of the mount fastened to the outer side of the device includes a fillet The j-shaped strip is larger than the second fillet to prevent the second fillet from contacting the mount that is fastened to the outer side of the device. (103B) The device of the clause (1〇2B) or (1〇3) One of the vertices of the mount secured to the inner side of the device has been severed to prevent the first apex from contacting the mount secured to the inner side of the device, and wherein the device is secured to the device One of the outer vertices of the mount has been cut to prevent the second vertex from contacting the mount secured to the outside of the device. • 66· M407848 (104) as in clause (100), (ιοί), ( 102), (1〇2A), (1〇2B), (103), (103A) or (1〇3B), wherein one of the bottom sides is located between the front side and the rear side and is located on the inner side The portion between the outer side and the outer side forms a half-circle. (105) As in the terms (1〇〇), (101), (1〇2), (1〇2A), (1〇2B), The apparatus of (103), (103A), (103B) or (104), wherein the apparatus includes a first aperture extending from the top side to the first mount interface, wherein the apparatus includes a top side Extending to a second aperture of the second mount interface, wherein the first aperture is configured to receive a for retaining a load pad to the first top side surface and for retaining a first mount to a first fastener of the first mount interface, and wherein the second aperture is configured to receive a for retaining the load pad to the first top side surface and for retaining a second mount to a second fastener of the second mount interface. (106) as in the terms (1〇〇), (101), (1〇2), (1〇2A), (1〇2B), (103), ( A device of 103A), (103B), (104) or (105), wherein the device is made of a material selected from the group consisting of iron, steel, aluminum, and carbon fibers. (107) A device such as clause (100), (101), (102), (102A), (102B), (103), (1〇3Α), (103B), (104) or (105), wherein The device is made of ductile iron. (108) For example (1〇〇), (101), (1〇2), (1〇2A), (1〇2B), ·67· M407848 (103), (103A), (103B), ( 104) The apparatus of (105), (106) or (107), wherein the first spring comprises a first shear spring, the first shear spring comprises a first elastomer load block and is located at the first Two plates on opposite ends of the load block, and wherein the second spring includes a second shear spring, the second shear spring includes a second elastomer load block and the second load block Two plates on opposite ends. (109) For example (1〇〇), (ιοί), (1〇2), (1〇2A), (1〇2B) ' (103), (103A), (103B), (104), ( 105) The apparatus of (106) or (107), wherein the first spring comprises a plurality of elastomeric load blocking blocks and a plurality of plates, wherein each of the first springs is loaded by one of the first springs The block is separated, wherein the second spring comprises a plurality of elastomeric load blocks and a plurality of plates, and wherein each of the second springs is separated by a load block of the second spring. (110) For the terms (100), (101), (1〇2), (1〇2Α), (ι〇2Β), (103), (ι〇3Α), (ι〇3Β), (104) The device of (1〇5), (1〇6), (ι〇7), (108) or (109), wherein the compression of the first spring maintains the first spring in the first cavity and Located between a third cavity in a spring housing, and • 68- M407848 wherein compression of the second magazine maintains the second spring in the second cavity and a fourth in the spring housing Between the chambers. (in) as in clauses (100), (101), (102), (102A), (102B), (103), (103A), (103B), (104), (1〇5), (1) 6), (1〇7), (108), (109) or (no) device, wherein the first cavity provides vertical and horizontal retention of the first spring, and wherein the second cavity provides The vertical and horizontal holding force of the second spring. (112) For example (100), (101), (1〇2), (1〇2A), G〇2B), (1〇3), (ι〇3Α), (103B), (104), a device of (1〇5), (1〇6), 〇〇7), (108) or (1〇9), wherein compression of the first spring maintains the first spring in the first cavity and Located between the third cavity of a frame hanger, and wherein the compression of the second spring maintains the second spring between the second cavity and a fourth cavity located in the frame hanger. (113) The device of clause (112), wherein the first cavity provides vertical and horizontal retention of the first spring, and wherein the second cavity provides vertical and horizontal retention of the second spring. (U4) A device comprising: - a top side 'where the top side includes a first top side surface, a second top side surface, and a third top side surface, wherein the second top side surface and the first The top surface of the three top-69-M407848 is located below the first top side surface; a bottom side; an inner side including a first mount interface; an outer side including a second mount interface; a front side including a first cavity; and a rear side, comprising a second cavity, wherein the first cavity is configured to receive a first magazine, and wherein the second cavity is configured to be received A second bullet. (115) The device of clause (114), wherein the top side further comprises a fourth top side surface and a fifth top side surface. wherein the first top side surface is located on the fourth top side surface and the fifth Between the top side surfaces, and wherein the fourth top side surface and the fifth top side surface are located above the first top side surface. (calling) the device of clause (114) or (1) 5), wherein the first top surface has been provided to the evening mounting hole, and the at least one mounting opening is configured to receive - for holding the load Individual fasteners to the first top side surface. (117) The device of clause (114), (115) or (116), :: the first mount interface is partially by a - apex, a first inclined plane extending away from the front side and - Separating from the second inclined plane extending toward the rear side of the first direction, and wherein the second surface of the second surface is partially extended by the second vertex, away from the first vertex toward the front side The inclined plane and a fourth inclined plane extending away from the apex of the M407848 toward the rear side are defined. (118) The apparatus of clause (117), wherein the first vertex, the first inclined plane, and the second inclined planar mechanical joint have an angled concave portion, wherein the angle is 120 degrees And 18 degrees, and wherein the second vertex, the third inclined plane, and the fourth inclined plane
成第一機械接頭之一具有一角度之凹形部分,其中該角 度係在120度與180度之間。 (119) 如條款(118)之裝置, 其中㈣-機械接頭之該凹形部分具有―為⑽度之 度;且 其中该第二機械接頭之該凹形部分具有一為16〇度之角 (120)如條款(118)之裝置,One of the first mechanical joints has an angled concave portion, wherein the angle is between 120 and 180 degrees. (119) The device of clause (118), wherein the concave portion of the (four)-mechanical joint has a degree of "10 degrees"; and wherein the concave portion of the second mechanical joint has an angle of 16 degrees ( 120) as in the device of clause (118),
=中該第—機械接頭之該凹形部分經組態以收納— 機械接頭之一 ΰ形部分, 其中該第一機械接頭之 ^ ^ κ _ 〜砟分位於一附接至該裝置 之第一座架上, 且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形 檣钻拉U心。卩分經組態以收納該第二 機械接碩之一凸形部分, 形部分位於一附接至該裝置 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸 之第二座架上。 (120A)如條款(117)之裝置, 第一機械接 其中S玄第一頂點包括一用 用以我% 一施加至該第一 M407848 頭之應力的第一嵌條,且 其中該第二頂點包括一用以減輕一施加至該第二機械接 頭之應力的第二嵌條。 (120B)如條款(12〇A)之裝置, 其中—緊固至該裝置之該内側的座架之一頂點包括一嵌 條,該嵌條大於該第一嵌條,以便防止該第一嵌條接觸緊 固至該裝置之該内側的該座架,且 其中—緊固至該裝置之該外側的座架之一頂點包括一嵌 條,該嵌條大於該第二嵌條,以便防止該第二嵌條接觸緊 固至δ亥裝置之該外側的該座架。 (120C)如條款(12〇)或(12〇Α)之裝置, 其中緊固至該裝置之該内側的該座架之該頂點已被截 斷,以便防止該第一頂點接觸緊固至該裝置之該内側的該 座架,且 . 其中緊固至該裝置之該外側的該座架之該頂點已被截 斷,以便防止該第二頂點接觸緊固至該裝置之該外側的該 座架。 (121) 如條款(114)、(115)、(116)、(117)或(118)之裝 置,其中該裝置為對稱的,使得若該第一座架界面附接至 一第一座架,則該第二座架界面可附接至一第二座架,且 若該第一座架界面附接至該第二座架,則該第二座架可附 接至該第一座架。 (122) 如條款(114) 、 (115) 、 (116) 、 (117) 、 (118)、 (119)、(119Α)、(120)、(120Α)、(120Β)、(120C)或(121)之 -72- M407848 裝置, 其中該第一彈簧包含一第一剪切彈簧,該第一剪切彈簧 包括一第一彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第一負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板,且 其中該第二彈簧包含一第二剪切彈簧,該第二剪切彈簧 包括一第二彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第二負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板。 (123) 如條款(114) 、 (115) 、 (116) 、 (117) 、 (ι18)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)¾ (122)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一第一孔口’其自該第二頂侧表面延伸至該第一座架界 面;及 一第二孔口’其自該第三頂側表面延伸至該第二座架界 面, 其中該第一孔口經組態以收納一用於將一第一座架在該 第一座架界面處附接至該裝置之第一緊固件,且 其中該第二孔口經組態以收納一用於將一第二座架在該 第二座架界面處附接至該裝置之第二緊固件。 (124) 如條款(114) 、 (115) 、 (116) 、 (117) 、 (118)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(i20C)、(121)、 (122)或(123)之裝置’其中該底侧之一位於該前側與該後 側之間且位於該内側與該外側之間的部分形成一半圓拱。 (125) 如條款(114) ' (115)、(116)、(i17)、(us)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 •73- M407848 (122)、(123)或(124)之裝置,其中該裝置係由一選自由以 下各物組成之群的材料製成:鐵、鋼、鋁及碳纖維。 (126) 如條款(114) 、 (115) ' (116) 、 (117) 、 (118)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 (122)、(123)或(124)之裝置,其中該裝置係由延性鐵製 成。 (127) 如條款(114) 、 (115) 、 (116) 、 (117) 、 (118)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 (122)、(123)、(124)、(125)或(126)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧包含複數個彈性體負載阻塊及複數個 板, 其中該第一彈簧之每一板係藉由該第一彈簧之一負載阻 塊分離, 其中該第二彈簧包含複數個彈性體負載阻塊及複數個 板,且 其中該第二彈簧之每一板係藉由該第二彈簧之一負載阻 塊分離。 (128) 如條款(114)、(115)、(116)、(117)、(Π8)、 (119)、(119A) ' (120) ' (120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 (122)、(123) ' (124)、(125)、(126)或(127)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧之壓縮使該第一彈簧保持於該第一容腔 與一位於一彈簧殼體中之第三容腔之間,且 其中該第二彈簧之壓縮使該第二彈簧保持於該第二容腔 與一位於該彈簧殼體中之第四容腔之間。 M407848 (129) 如條款(114) 、 (115) 、 (116) 、 (117) 、 (118)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 (122)、(123)、(124)、(125)、(126) ' (127)或(128)之裝 置, 其中該第一容腔提供對該第一彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力,且 其中該第二容腔提供對該第二彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力。 (130) 如條款(114)、(115)、(Π6)、(Π7)、(118)、 (119)、(119A)、(120)、(120A)、(120B)、(120C)、(121)、 (122)、(123)、(124)、(125)、(126)或(127)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧之壓縮使該第一彈簧保持於該第一容腔 與一位於一框架掛物中之第三容腔之間,且 其中該第二彈簧之壓縮使該第二彈箐保持於該第二容腔 與一位於該框架掛物中之第四容腔之間。 (131) 如條款(130)之裝置, 中該第今腔提供對該第一彈簧之垂直及水平保持 力,且 其中該第二容腔提供對哕 丁及第一彈簧之垂直及水平保持 (150)—種裝置,其包含: 1’掛物其包括_框架軌界面,其中該框架軌 經組態以用於將該框架掛物附接至一框架軌; 一頂壁; -75- M407848 一底壁; 一第一側壁;及 一第二側壁; 其中該頂壁、該底壁、該第一侧壁及該第二側壁各 甘目包 括一各別内側,且 其中該頂壁、該底壁、該第一側壁及該第二側壁之讀等 内側在該框架掛物内界定一開口。 · (151) 如條款(150)之裝置’其中該頂壁之該内側之 · 一部分具有一凹入穹頂形狀。 | (152) 如條款(150)或(151)之裝置, 其中該第一側壁之該内側包括一第—容腔,該第—办 β I歧 可操作以容置一第一彈簧之一第一端部,且 其中§亥第二側壁之該内側包括一第二容腔,該第二容脸 可操作以容置一第二彈簧之一第一端邹。 (153) 如條款(152)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧包含一第一剪切彈簧,該第一剪切彈簧 包括一第一彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第一負載阻塊之相對 · 端部上的兩個板,且 其中該第二彈簧包含一第二剪切彈簧,該第二剪切彈簧 包括一第一彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第二負載阻塊之相對 部上的兩個板。 (154) 如條款(150)、(151)、(152)或(153)之裝置,其中該 框架軌界面包括一附接孔集合,該附接孔集合經組態以收 納一用於將該框架掛物附接至該框架軌之緊固件集合。 -76- M407848The concave portion of the first mechanical joint is configured to receive a ΰ-shaped portion of the mechanical joint, wherein the first mechanical joint has a ^ ^ κ _ 砟 位于 located at a first attachment to the device On the mount, and wherein the concave shape of the second mechanical joint pulls the U core. The split is configured to receive a convex portion of the second mechanical access, the shaped portion being located on a second mount that is attached to the second mechanical joint of the device. (120A) The apparatus of clause (117), wherein the first mechanical splicing includes a first fillet for applying a stress applied to the first M407848 head, and wherein the second apex A second fillet for mitigating a stress applied to the second mechanical joint is included. (120B) The device of clause (12A), wherein - one of the vertices of the mount secured to the inner side of the device includes a fillet that is larger than the first fillet to prevent the first insert The strip contacts the mount that is fastened to the inner side of the device, and wherein - one of the vertices of the mount fastened to the outer side of the device includes a fill strip that is larger than the second fill strip to prevent the strip The second panel contacts the mount that is fastened to the outside of the δH device. (120C) The device of clause (12〇) or (12〇Α), wherein the apex of the mount fastened to the inner side of the device has been severed to prevent the first vertex from contacting the device to the device The inside of the mount, and the apex of the mount secured to the outer side of the device has been severed to prevent the second apex from contacting the mount secured to the outer side of the device. (121) The device of clause (114), (115), (116), (117) or (118), wherein the device is symmetrical such that the first mount interface is attached to a first mount The second mount interface can be attached to a second mount, and if the first mount interface is attached to the second mount, the second mount can be attached to the first mount . (122) as in clauses (114), (115), (116), (117), (118), (119), (119Α), (120), (120Α), (120Β), (120C) or 121)-72- M407848 device, wherein the first spring includes a first shear spring, the first shear spring includes a first elastomer load block and is located at an opposite end of the first load block Two plates, and wherein the second spring includes a second shear spring, the second shear spring includes a second elastomer load block and two on opposite ends of the second load block board. (123) as provided in clauses (114), (115), (116), (117), (ι18), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), 121) The apparatus of (122), further comprising: a first aperture 'extending from the second top side surface to the first mount interface; and a second aperture 'from the third top side a surface extending to the second mount interface, wherein the first aperture is configured to receive a first fastener for attaching a first mount to the device at the first mount interface, and The second aperture is configured to receive a second fastener for attaching a second mount to the device at the second mount interface. (124) as provided in clauses (114), (115), (116), (117), (118), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (i20C), 121) The device of (122) or (123) wherein a portion of the bottom side is located between the front side and the rear side and a portion between the inner side and the outer side forms a semicircular arch. (125) as provided in clause (114) '(115), (116), (i17), (us), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), ( 121) The apparatus of 73-M407848 (122), (123) or (124), wherein the apparatus is made of a material selected from the group consisting of iron, steel, aluminum, and carbon fibers. (126) as provided in clauses (114), (115) ' (116), (117), (118), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), 121) The device of (122), (123) or (124), wherein the device is made of ductile iron. (127) as provided in clauses (114), (115), (116), (117), (118), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), 121) The apparatus of (122), (123), (124), (125) or (126), wherein the first spring comprises a plurality of elastomeric load blocking blocks and a plurality of plates, wherein each of the first springs a plate is separated by a load block of the first spring, wherein the second spring comprises a plurality of elastomer load block and a plurality of plates, and wherein each of the second springs is by the second One of the springs is loaded with a block that separates. (128) For example (114), (115), (116), (117), (Π8), (119), (119A) '(120) ' (120A), (120B), (120C), ( 121) The apparatus of (122), (123), (124), (125), (126) or (127), wherein the compression of the first spring maintains the first spring in the first cavity and Located between a third cavity in a spring housing, and wherein compression of the second spring maintains the second spring between the second cavity and a fourth cavity in the spring housing. M407848 (129) as provided in clauses (114), (115), (116), (117), (118), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), (121), (122), (123), (124), (125), (126) ' (127) or (128), wherein the first cavity provides vertical and horizontal levels to the first spring Retaining force, and wherein the second cavity provides vertical and horizontal retention of the second spring. (130) as provided in clauses (114), (115), (Π6), (Π7), (118), (119), (119A), (120), (120A), (120B), (120C), 121) The device of (122), (123), (124), (125), (126) or (127), wherein the compression of the first spring maintains the first spring in the first cavity and And a compression of the second spring between the second cavity and a fourth cavity located in the frame hanger. (131) The apparatus of clause (130), wherein the first chamber provides vertical and horizontal retention of the first spring, and wherein the second chamber provides vertical and horizontal retention of the butt and the first spring ( 150) A device comprising: 1 'hanging material comprising a frame rail interface, wherein the frame rail is configured for attaching the frame hanger to a frame rail; a top wall; -75- M407848 one bottom a first side wall; and a second side wall; wherein the top wall, the bottom wall, the first side wall and the second side wall each include a respective inner side, and wherein the top wall and the bottom wall The inner side of the first side wall and the second side wall define an opening in the frame hanger. (151) The device of clause (150) wherein a portion of the inner side of the top wall has a concave dome shape. (152) The device of clause (150) or (151), wherein the inner side of the first side wall includes a first cavity, the first system is operable to receive a first spring An inner end of the second side wall of the second side wall includes a second cavity operable to receive a first end of the second spring. (153) The device of clause (152), wherein the first spring comprises a first shear spring, the first shear spring comprising a first elastomeric load block and the opposite of the first load block Two plates on the end, and wherein the second spring includes a second shear spring, the second shear spring includes a first elastomer load block and an opposite portion of the second load block Two boards. (154) The device of clause (150), (151), (152) or (153), wherein the frame rail interface includes a set of attachment holes configured to receive a A frame hanger is attached to the set of fasteners of the frame rail. -76- M407848
一負載墊,其附接至該彈簧安裝架, 〃中該負載墊及該彈簧安裝架可操作以 該負載墊接觸該頂壁之該内側,且 (155)如條款(150)、(151)、(152)、(153)或(154)之裝 置’其進一步包含: 一減振器, 其中該減振器之至少一部分附接至該底壁之該内側。 (156) 如條款(155)之裝置, 其中該減振器包含一彈性體材料,且 其申該減振器經由一黏接劑而附接至該底壁之該内側。 (157) 如條款(15〇)、(151)、(154)、(155)或(156)之裝 置,其進一步包含: 彈簧安裝架,其包括位於該彈簧安裝架之相對側上的 一第一容腔及一第二容腔; 第一剪切彈簧,其包括一第一端部及一第二端部;及 一第二剪切彈簧’其包括—第—端部及—第二端部; 其中該第一側壁之該内側包括一第三容腔, 八中該第—側壁之該内側包括一第四容腔, 其中該第-剪切彈簧之該第一端部位於該第—容腔内 =第=剪切彈簧之該第二端部位於該第三容腔内,且 :、中該第—剪切彈簧之該第一端部位於該第二容腔内 <第一剪切彈簧之該第二端部位於該第四容腔内。 (158)如條款(157)之裝置,其進一步包含: 進行移動,使得 八中該負載墊可操作以在該負 載墊接觸該頂壁之該内側 -77· M407848 j 時進行壓縮。 (159) 如條款(150)、(151)、(152)、(i53)、(i54)、 (155)、(156)、(157)或(158)之裝置,其進一步包含·· 一第一凸緣,其包括一經組態以用於將一第一墊板附接 至該第一凸緣之第一附接孔集合, 其中該第一凸緣延伸遠離該第一側壁之一外側,且 其中該第一墊板可附接至一第二框架掛物。 (160) 如條款(159)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一第二凸緣,其包括一經組態以用於將一第二墊板附接 至該第二凸緣之第二附接孔集合, 其中該第二凸緣延伸遠離該第二側壁之一外側且 其中該第二墊板可附接至一第三框架掛物。 (161) 如條款(159)之裝置, 其中該第一凸緣包括一凹形部分,且該第一塾板包括一 凸形部分,且 以當_4緣鄰接第-墊板時,該凹形部分收納該 凸形部分,以便形成一機械接頭。 (162) 如條款(159)之裝置, 其中該第-凸緣包括-凸形部分,且該第一墊板包括一 凹形部分,且 其中田該第一凸緣鄰接第一墊板時,該凹形部分收納該 凸形部分,以便形成一機械接頭。 (163) 如條款(150)、(151)、〇52)、(i53)、(154)、 (155)、(156)、(157)或(158)之裝置,其進一步包含: -78- M407848 一第一凸緣,其包括—第一附接孔集合;及 一第一凸緣,其包括一第二附接孔集合, 其中該附接孔集合及該第二附接孔集合經組態以用於將 一第一墊板附接至該第一凸緣及該第二凸緣, 其中該第一凸緣及該第二凸緣延伸遠離該第一側壁之一 外側,且 其中該第一墊板可附接至一第二框架掛物。 (164) 如條款(150)、(151)、(152)、(153)、(154)、 (155)、(156)、(157)或(158)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一第一凸緣,其包括一第一附接孔集合; 其中該第一凸緣延伸遠離該第一側壁之一外側,其中該 第一附接孔集合經組態以用於將該第一凸緣附接至一延伸 遠離一第二框架掛物之一外部側壁的凸緣。 (165) 如條款(150)、(151)、(152)、(153)、(154)、 (155)、(156)、(157)、(158)、(159)、(160)、(161)、 (162)、(163)或(164)之裝置, 其中該頂壁包含該框架掛物及該框架轨界面,且 其中該框架掛物至該框架軌之附接發生於該框架軌之一 底側處。 (166) —種裝置,其包含: 一彈簧殼體,其包括一頂壁、一底壁、一第一側壁及一 第二侧壁;及 一第一框架掛物,其包括一框架軌界面, 其中該框架軌界面經組態以用於將該第一框架掛物附接 -79· M407848 至一第一框架軌及該彈簧殼體, 其中該頂壁、該底壁、該第一側壁及該第二側壁各自包 括一各別内側,且 其中該頂壁、該底壁、該第一側壁及該第二側壁之該等 内側在該彈簧殼體内界定一開口。 067)如條款(166)之裝置, 其中—或多個凹陷形成至該頂壁之外側中以減少該彈菁 殼體之一重量· β (168) 如條款(166)或(167)之裝置, 其中該彈簧殼體包括一第一附接孔集合, 其中該第一框架掛物包括一第二附接孔集合, 其中該第一附接孔集合匹配於該第二附接孔集合,以便 允許將-緊固件集合插人至該第—附接孔集合及該第二附 接孔集合中,從而將該彈簧殼體緊固至該第一框架掛物。 (169) 如條款(168)之裝置, 其中該第一框架掛物包括一第三附接孔集合,該第三附 接孔集合匹配於該第一框架軌中之一第—附接孔集合τ以 便允許將另-緊固件集合插人至該第三附接孔集合及該第 忙架軌中之遠第—附接孔集合中,從而將該第—枢架掛 物緊固至該第一框架軌。 (170) 如條款(168)之裝置, 其中忒第一框架掛物包含—第四附接孔集合,該第四附 接孔集口匹配於該第_框架軌中之一第二附接孔集合以 便允許將-第三緊固件集合插人至該第四附接孔集合及該 'C架執中之該第二附接孔集合中,從而將該第一框架 掛物緊固至該第一框架軌,且 /、中該第一框架軌中之該第二附接孔集合位於該第一框 架執之底部處,且 其中該第四附接孔集合位於該頂壁中。 (2)如條放(166)、(167) ' (168)、(169)或(17〇)之裝 置=中該第一框架掛物可自該彈簧殼體移除,使得一第 框架掛物可代替該第—框架掛物而附接至該彈簧殼體。 (172) 如條款(171)之裝置, 其中該第一框架掛物包含一下壁及一垂直壁, 其中該第二框架掛物包含一下壁及一垂直壁且 其中该第二框架掛物之該垂直壁的一高度大於或小於該 第一框架掛物之該垂直壁的一高度。 (173) 如條款(171)之裝置, 其中該第一框架掛物包含一垂直壁及一底壁,其中該垂 直壁包括—第一附接孔集合,且該底壁包括一第二附接孔 集合, 其中該第二框架掛物包含一垂直壁及一底壁其中該垂 直壁包括-第三附接孔集合,且該底壁包括—第四附接孔 集合, ’、中該彈簧殼體之該頂壁包括一第五附接孔集合,該第 ^附接孔集合匹配於該第二附接孔集合及該第四附接孔集 合’以用於將該彈簧殼體附接至該第—框架掛物或該 框架掛物, 一 M407848 其中該第一附接孔集合之—圖案不同於該第三附接孔集 合之一圖案, 其中該第一附接孔集合之該圖案匹配於該第一框架軌中 之附接孔之一圖案,且 其中該第二附接孔集合之該圖案匹配於一第二框架軌中 -之附接孔之一圖案。 (174) 如條款(166)、(167)、(168)、(169)、(17〇)、 (171)、(172)或(173)之裝置’其中該頂壁之該内側之至少 一部分具有一凹入穹頂形狀。 鲁 (175) 如條款 U66)、(167)、(168)、(169)、(170)、 (171)、(172)、(173)或(174)之裝置, 其中該第一側壁之該内側包括一第一容腔,該第一容腔 可操作以容置一第一彈簧之一第一端部,且 其中該第二側壁之該内側包括一第二容腔,該第二容腔 可操作以容置一第二彈簧之一第一端部。 (176) 如條款(175)之裝置, 其中該第一彈簧包含一第一剪切彈簧,該第一剪切彈簧 · 包括一第一彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第一負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板,且 其中該第二彈簧包含—第二剪切彈簧,該第二剪切彈簧 包括一第二彈性體負載阻塊及位於該第二負載阻塊之相對 端部上的兩個板。 (177) 如條款 U66) ' (167)、(168)、(169)、(170)、 (171)、(172)、(173)或(174)之裝置,其進一步包含: •82- M407848 彈簧安裝架,其包括位於該彈箐 -第-容腔及一第二容腔;彈菁女裝架之相對側上的 一第一剪切彈簧,其包括一第— —坌—许 喁邵及—第二端部;及 盆=一剪切彈箐,其包括一第—端部及—第二端部; 八中該第一側壁之該内側包括一第三容腔, 其中該第二側壁之該内側包括一第四容腔,a load pad attached to the spring mount, wherein the load pad and the spring mount are operable to contact the inner side of the top wall with the load pad, and (155) as provided in clauses (150), (151) The device of (152), (153) or (154) further comprising: a damper, wherein at least a portion of the damper is attached to the inner side of the bottom wall. (156) The device of clause (155), wherein the damper comprises an elastomeric material and the damper is attached to the inner side of the bottom wall via an adhesive. (157) The device of clause (15〇), (151), (154), (155) or (156), further comprising: a spring mount comprising a first portion on an opposite side of the spring mount a first cavity and a second cavity; and a second shear spring comprising a first end and a second end The inner side of the first side wall includes a third cavity, and the inner side of the first side wall includes a fourth cavity, wherein the first end of the first shear spring is located at the first portion The second end of the cavity = the first shearing spring is located in the third cavity, and: the first end of the first shearing spring is located in the second cavity <first The second end of the shear spring is located within the fourth volume. (158) The apparatus of clause (157), further comprising: moving such that the load pad is operable to compress when the load pad contacts the inner side -77·M407848 j of the top wall. (159) The device of clause (150), (151), (152), (i53), (i54), (155), (156), (157) or (158) further comprising a flange including a first set of attachment holes configured to attach a first backing plate to the first flange, wherein the first flange extends away from an outer side of the first side wall, And wherein the first pad is attachable to a second frame hanger. (160) The device of clause (159), further comprising: a second flange comprising a second set of attachment holes configured to attach a second backing plate to the second flange Wherein the second flange extends away from an outer side of the second side wall and wherein the second backing plate is attachable to a third frame hanger. (161) The device of clause (159), wherein the first flange comprises a concave portion, and the first jaw comprises a convex portion, and the recess is when the edge of the _4 abuts the first pad The shaped portion receives the convex portion to form a mechanical joint. (162) The device of clause (159), wherein the first flange includes a convex portion, and the first backing plate includes a concave portion, and wherein the first flange abuts the first backing plate, The concave portion receives the convex portion to form a mechanical joint. (163) The device of clause (150), (151), 〇52), (i53), (154), (155), (156), (157) or (158) further comprising: -78- M407848 a first flange comprising: a first set of attachment holes; and a first flange comprising a second set of attachment holes, wherein the set of attachment holes and the second set of attachment holes are grouped a state for attaching a first backing plate to the first flange and the second flange, wherein the first flange and the second flange extend away from an outer side of the first side wall, and wherein the The first pad can be attached to a second frame hanger. (164) The device of clause (150), (151), (152), (153), (154), (155), (156), (157) or (158), further comprising: a first a flange comprising a first set of attachment holes; wherein the first flange extends away from an outer side of the first side wall, wherein the first set of attachment holes is configured for attaching the first flange Attached to a flange extending away from an outer sidewall of one of the second frame hangers. (165) as provided in clauses (150), (151), (152), (153), (154), (155), (156), (157), (158), (159), (160), 161) The apparatus of (162), (163) or (164), wherein the top wall comprises the frame hanger and the frame rail interface, and wherein attachment of the frame hanger to the frame rail occurs in one of the frame rails At the bottom side. (166) A device comprising: a spring housing including a top wall, a bottom wall, a first side wall and a second side wall; and a first frame hanger comprising a frame rail interface Wherein the frame rail interface is configured to attach the first frame hanger -79. M407848 to a first frame rail and the spring housing, wherein the top wall, the bottom wall, the first side wall, and the The second side walls each include a respective inner side, and wherein the inner sides of the top wall, the bottom wall, the first side wall and the second side wall define an opening in the spring housing. 067) The device of clause (166), wherein - or a plurality of depressions are formed into the outer side of the top wall to reduce the weight of one of the elastomeric shells (β) as in clause (166) or (167) Wherein the spring housing includes a first set of attachment holes, wherein the first frame hanger includes a second set of attachment holes, wherein the first set of attachment holes matches the second set of attachment holes to allow A set of fasteners is inserted into the first set of attachment holes and the second set of attachment holes to secure the spring housing to the first frame hanger. (169) The device of clause (168), wherein the first frame hanger comprises a third set of attachment holes, the third set of attachment holes matching one of the first frame rails - a set of attachment holes τ In order to allow the other set of fasteners to be inserted into the set of third attachment holes and the set of distal-attach holes in the busy rack rail to secure the first pivot mount to the first frame rail. (170) The device of clause (168), wherein the first frame hanger comprises a fourth set of attachment holes, the fourth attachment hole set matching one of the second attachment hole sets of the first frame rail To allow the insertion of the third fastener set into the fourth set of attachment holes and the second set of attachment holes in the 'C holder' to secure the first frame hanger to the first frame The rail, and/or the second set of attachment holes in the first frame rail are located at the bottom of the first frame holder, and wherein the fourth attachment aperture set is located in the top wall. (2) If the device of the strip (166), (167) ' (168), (169) or (17〇) = the first frame hanger can be removed from the spring housing, such that a frame hanger can be Attached to the spring housing instead of the first frame hanger. (172) The device of clause (171), wherein the first frame hanger comprises a lower wall and a vertical wall, wherein the second frame hanger comprises a lower wall and a vertical wall and wherein the vertical wall of the second frame hanger A height is greater than or less than a height of the vertical wall of the first frame hanger. (173) The device of clause (171), wherein the first frame hanger comprises a vertical wall and a bottom wall, wherein the vertical wall comprises - a first attachment hole set, and the bottom wall includes a second attachment hole The second frame hanger includes a vertical wall and a bottom wall, wherein the vertical wall includes a third attachment hole set, and the bottom wall includes a fourth attachment hole set, ', the spring case The top wall includes a fifth set of attachment holes that match the second set of attachment holes and the fourth set of attachment holes for attaching the spring case to the first a frame hanger or the frame hanger, a M407848 wherein the first attachment aperture set - the pattern is different from the one of the third attachment aperture set, wherein the pattern of the first attachment aperture set matches the first A pattern of one of the attachment holes in the frame rail, and wherein the pattern of the second set of attachment holes matches a pattern of one of the attachment holes in a second frame rail. (174) The device of clause (166), (167), (168), (169), (17〇), (171), (172) or (173) wherein at least a portion of the inner side of the top wall It has a concave dome shape. Lu (175) The apparatus of clause U66), (167), (168), (169), (170), (171), (172), (173) or (174), wherein the first side wall The inner side includes a first cavity, the first cavity is operable to receive a first end of the first spring, and wherein the inner side of the second side wall includes a second cavity, the second cavity The first end of one of the second springs is operable to receive. (176) The device of clause (175), wherein the first spring includes a first shear spring, the first shear spring includes a first elastomeric load block and is located opposite the first load block Two plates on the end, and wherein the second spring includes a second shear spring, the second shear spring includes a second elastomeric load block and is located on the opposite end of the second load block Two boards. (177) The device of clause (66), (167), (169), (170), (171), (172), (173) or (174), further comprising: • 82- M407848 a spring mounting bracket, comprising: a first shearing spring on the opposite side of the magazine-first cavity and a second cavity; the first shear spring comprises a first---- Xu Wei And a second end portion; and a basin = a shearing magazine comprising a first end portion and a second end portion; wherein the inner side of the first side wall comprises a third cavity, wherein the second portion The inner side of the side wall includes a fourth cavity.
剪切彈*之該第—端部位於該* —容腔内, :第-剪切彈簧之該第二端部位於該第三容腔内,且 =該第二剪切彈簧之該第_端部位於該第二容腔内, 且该第二剪切彈簧之該第二端部位於該第四容腔内。 (H8)如條款(177)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一負載墊,其附接至該彈簧安裝架, 其中該負載塾及該彈簧安裝架可操作以進行移動使得 該負載墊接觸該頂壁之該内侧,且 其中該負載塾可操作以在該負載墊接觸該頂壁之該内側 時進行壓縮。 (179)如條款(166)、〇67)、(168)、(169)、、 (171) (172)、(173)、(174)、(175)、(176)、(177)或(178) 之裝置,其進一步包含: 一減振器, 其中該減振器之至少一部分附接至該底壁之該内側。 (180)如條款(179)之裝置, 其中該減振器包含一彈性體材料,且 其中該減振器經由一黏接劑而附接至該底壁之該内側。 -83· (200) —種裝置,其包含: 一座架,其包括一第一機械接頭之一凸形部分及一第二 機械接頭之一凸形部分;及 一座架蓋端部分’其形成一第一半孔口, 其中該第一機械接頭之該&形部分及該第二機械接頭之 該凸形部分位於該座架之一第一側處, 其中該座架在該座架之一第二側處形成一第二半孔 口,且 其中該座架蓋端部分及該座架經組態以用於彼此附接。 (201) 如條款(200)之裝置,其中該裝置係由一選自由以 下各物組成之群的材料鑄成:鐵、鋼、鋁及一複合材料。 (201A)如條款(2〇〇)之裝置,其中該裝置係由延性鐵鑄 成。 (202) 如條款(2〇〇)、(2〇1)或(2〇1八)之裝置,其中該座架 經組態成具有一空間框架幾何結構。 (203) 如條款(2〇〇)、(2〇1)、(2〇1A)或(2〇2)之裝置,其進 一步包含: 一第一緊固件;及 一第二緊固件; 其中該座架蓋端部分包括一第一孔口及一第二孔口, 其t該座架包括一第三孔口及一第四孔口,且 其中该第一緊固件之一部分可安裝至該第一孔口及該第 二孔口中,且該第二緊固件之一部分可安裝至該第二孔口 及該第四孔口中’以用於將該座架蓋端部分附接至該座 -84· 架。 (204) 如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)或(203)之裝 置, 其中該第一緊固件包含一柱螺栓及一螺母,且 其中該第二緊固件包含另一柱螺栓及另一螺母。 (204A)如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)或(203)之裝 置, 其中該第一緊固件包含一第一螺釘,且 其中該第二緊固件包含一第二螺釘。 (205) 如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)或 (204)之裝置, 其中該第一孔口及該第二孔口經機械加工至該座架蓋端 部分中,且 其中該第三孔口及該第四孔口經機械加工至該座架中, 其中該座架在該座架之該第一側與該座架之該第二側之 間包含一開放區域。 (206) 如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)、 (204)或(205)之裝置, 其中該座架在該座架之該第一側與該座架之該第二側之 間包含一開放區域。 (207) 如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)、 (204)、(205)或(206)之裝置,其中當該座架附接至該座架 蓋端部分時,該第一半孔口及該第二半孔口形成一用於一 均衡樑之一中心毅的中心轂界面。 -85 - 4* 4*M407848 (208) 如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)、 (204)、(205)、(206)或(207)之裝置, 其中藉由該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分形成的一角度係 在12〇度與180度之間,且 其中藉由該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分形成的一角度係 在120度與180度之間。 (209) 如條款(2〇8)之裝置, 其中藉由該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分形成的該角度為 160度,且 其中藉由該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分形成的該角度為 160 度。 (209A)如條款(2〇8)或(209)之裝置, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂.點已被截 斷,且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點已被截斷。 (21〇)如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)或(202)之裝置, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分經組態成被收納至該 第一機械接頭之一凹形部分中,且該第二機械接頭之該凸 形部分經組態成被收納至該第二機械接頭之一凹形部分 中, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第一框架掛物 内之一彈簧安裝架上,且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第二框架掛物 内之一彈簧安裝架上。 • 86 - (210A)如條款(21〇)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一第—緊固件;及 一第二緊固件; 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分與該第一機械接頭之 該凹形部分經由該第一緊固件而緊固在一起且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分與該第二機械接頭之 該凹形部分經由該第二緊固件而緊固在一起。 (210B)如條款(203)、(2〇4)、(2〇4A)、(205)、(206)、 (207)、(2〇8)或(2〇9)之裝置, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分經組態成被收納至該 第一機械接頭之一凹形部分中,且該第二機械接頭之該凸 形部分經組態成被收納至該第二機械接頭之一凹形部分 中, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第一彈簧殼體 内之—彈簧安裝架上,且 八中該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第二彈簧殼體 内之—彈簧安裝架上。 ’ (210C)如條款(210A)之裝置,其進一步包含: 一第三緊固件;及 一第四緊固件, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分與該第一機械接頭之 該凹形部分經由該第三緊固件而緊固在一起,且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分與該第二機械接頭之 該凹形部分經由該第四緊固件而緊固在一起。 -87· (21〇D)如條款(210)之裝置, ^L· * 、該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分在該第一機械接頭之 該凹形部分之一頂點處包含一第一嵌條, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分在該第二機械接頭之 該凹形部分之一頂點處包含一第二嵌條, . 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分在該第一機械接頭之 該凸形部分之一頂點處包含一第三嵌條,且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分在該第二機械接頭之 該凸形部分之一頂點處包含一第四嵌條。 鲁 (210E)如條款(21〇D)之裝置, 其中該第一嵌條小於該第三嵌條,且 其中该第二嵌條小於該第四嵌條。 (2U)如條款(2〇〇)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)、 (204)、(205)、(2〇6)、(207)、(208)或(209)之裝置, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分經組態成被收納至該 第一機械接頭之一凹形部分中,且該第二機械接頭之該凸 $ °卩刀、I組態成被收納至該第二機械接頭之*-凹形部分 · 中, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第一彈簧殼體 内之一彈簧安裝架上,且 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第二彈簧殼體 内之一彈簧安裝架上。 (212)如條款(21〇)或(211)之裝置, 其中一位於該第一機械接頭之該凹形部分之一頂點上的 -88- M407848 备 嵌條小於一位於該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點上 的嵌條,且 . 其中一位於該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分之一頂點上的 鼓條小於一位於該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點上 的喪條。 . (213)如條款(200)、(201)、(201A)、(202)、(203)、 . (204)、(2〇5) ' (206) ' (207)、(208)、(209)、(210)、(211) ^ 或(212)之裝置, 其中該座架進一步包括一第三機械接頭之一凸形部分, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分位於該座架之該第一側 處, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分經組態成被收納至該 第三機械接頭之一凹形部分中,且 其中該第三機械接頭之該凹形部分位於一第三框架掛物 内之一彈簧安裝架上。 ® (214)如條款(213)之裝置,其中藉由該第三機械接頭之 該凸形部分形成的一角度係在12〇度與18〇度之間。 (2H)如條款(214)之裝置,其中藉由該第三機械接頭之 該凸形部分形成的該角度為160度。 (U6)如條款p14)或(215)之裝置,其中一位於該第三機 械接頭之該凹形部分之-頂點上的嵌條小於一位於該第三 機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點上的嵌條。 (216A)如條款(214)或(215)之裝置, 其中該第-機械接頭之該凹形部分在該第—機械接頭之 -89 - M407848 該凹形部分之一頂點處包含一第一嵌條, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凹形部分在該第二機 該凹形部分之一頂點處包含一第二嵌條, 、 其中該第三機械接頭之該凹形部分在該第三機械接頭之 該凹形部分之一頂點處包含一第三嵌條, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分在該第—機械接頭之 該凸形部分之一頂點處包含一第四嵌條, 、中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分在該第二機械接頭之 該凸形部分之—頂點處包含一第五嵌條,且 其中該第三機械接頭之該凸形部分在該第三機械接頭之 該凸形部分之一頂點處包含一第六嵌條。 (216B)如條款(216A)之裝置, 其中該第—嵌條小於該第四嵌條, 其中该第二嵌條小於該第五嵌條’且 其中該第三嵌條小於該第六嵌條。 (216C)如條款(213)之裝置, 其中該第一機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點被裁斷, 其中該第二機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點被戴斷且 其中該第三機械接頭之該凸形部分之一頂點被戴斷。 (217)如條款(203)之裝置, 其中該座架在該座架之該第一側與該座架之該第二側之 間包含一開放區域, 其中該第三孔口包含—自該座架之該開放區域至該第二 側的通孔,且 M407848 其中該第四孔口包含一自該座架之該開放區域至該第二 側的通孔。 • (218)如條款(217)之裝置, 其中該第-緊固件包含一螺栓及一螺母且 其中該第二緊固件包含另—螺栓及另一螺母。 • 5.結論 . 儘8已參考特定說明性態樣而描述了本創作,但應理 φ 解二不應在限制性意義上解釋此描述。相反地,在不脫離 如藉由以下申清專利範圍界定之本創作之真正精神及範疇 的情況下’可對說明性實施例進行各種改變及修改。此 外應瞭解,任何此等改變及修改將會被熟習此項技術者 ⑽為疋以下申請專利範圍之一或多個要素的等效物,且應 在法律所准許之最完整程度上被此等申請專利範圍涵蓋。 最後’在本文令使用詞語「例示性」來意謂「用作實 例例子或說明」。未必將在本文中被描述為「例示性」 • 之任何實施例解釋為比其他實施例較佳或有利。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為根據本文中所揭示之原理而構造之車輛懸吊架的 側面正視圖; 圖2為圖1所說明之框架掛物總成及座架總成的側面正視 圖; 圖3為圖2所說明之框架掛物總成及座架總成的端視圖; 圖4為圖1所說明之框架掛物彈簧模組的側面正視圖; 圖5為圖4所說明之框架掛物彈簧模組的端視圖; -91· 9 9M407848 圖6為圖1所說明之框架掛物的側面正視圖; 圖7為圖6所說明之框架掛物的剖視圖; 圖8為根據一例示性實施例之剪切彈簧的透視圖; 圖8A為圖8所說明之剪切彈簧的俯視圖; 圖8B為圖8所說明之剪切彈簧的側面正視圖; 圖8C為沿圖8A中之線8C-8C所取的圖8A所說明之剪切彈 . 簧的刮視圖; 圖8D為沿圖8A中之線8D-8D所取的圖8A所說明之剪切 彈簧的剖視圖; 籲 圖9為根據一例示性實施例之另一剪切彈簧的透視圖; 圖1〇為圖1所說明之漸變彈簧率負載墊的正視圖; 圖11為漸變彈簧率負載墊之另一實施例的透視圖; 圖12為圖1所說明之彈簧安裝架的侧面正視圖; 圖13為沿圖12中之線13 -13所取的圖12所說明之彈簧安 裝架的剖視圖; 圖Η為圖12所說明之彈簧安裝架的俯視平面圖; 圖15為沿圖14中之線15_15所取的圖14所說明之彈簧安鲁 裝架的剖視圖; 圖16為圖1所說明之座架總成的側面正視圖; 圖Π為圖16所說明之座架總成之座架部分的側面正視 圖; 圖18為圖17所說明之座架的仰視平面圖; 圖19為圖π所說明之座架的端視圓; 圖20為圖1所說明之組裝式均衡樑的側面正視圖; -92- M407848 > 懸吊架的 圖21為圖20所說明之組裝式均衡樑的俯視平面 圖22為根據本文令所揭示之原理而構造之另一 側面正視圖; 圖23為根據本文中所揭示之原理而構造之又—懸吊架的 側面正視圖; ' 圖24Α及圓24Β為與根據本文中所揭示之原理而構造之 懸吊架之操作特性有關的圖形表示;The first end of the shearing bullet* is located in the cavity, and the second end of the first shearing spring is located in the third cavity, and = the second of the second shearing spring The end portion is located in the second cavity, and the second end of the second shear spring is located in the fourth cavity. (H8) The apparatus of clause (177), further comprising: a load pad attached to the spring mount, wherein the load cassette and the spring mount are operable to move such that the load pad contacts the top wall The inner side, and wherein the load port is operable to compress when the load pad contacts the inner side of the top wall. (179) as provided in clauses (166), 〇67), (168), (169), (171) (172), (173), (174), (175), (176), (177) or 178) The apparatus, further comprising: a damper, wherein at least a portion of the damper is attached to the inner side of the bottom wall. (180) The device of clause (179), wherein the damper comprises an elastomeric material, and wherein the damper is attached to the inner side of the bottom wall via an adhesive. - 83. (200) A device comprising: a frame comprising a convex portion of a first mechanical joint and a convex portion of a second mechanical joint; and a cover end portion forming a a first half of the aperture, wherein the &-shaped portion of the first mechanical joint and the convex portion of the second mechanical joint are located at a first side of the mount, wherein the mount is in one of the mounts A second half aperture is formed at the second side, and wherein the mount cover end portion and the mount are configured for attachment to one another. (201) The device of clause (200), wherein the device is cast from a material selected from the group consisting of iron, steel, aluminum, and a composite. (201A) The device of clause (2), wherein the device is cast from ductile iron. (202) A device according to clause (2), (2〇1) or (2〇18), wherein the mount is configured to have a space frame geometry. (203) The device of clause (2〇〇), (2〇1), (2〇1A) or (2〇2), further comprising: a first fastener; and a second fastener; The frame cover end portion includes a first aperture and a second aperture, wherein the bracket includes a third aperture and a fourth aperture, and wherein a portion of the first fastener is mountable to the first An aperture and the second aperture, and a portion of the second fastener is mountable into the second aperture and the fourth aperture for attaching the header end portion to the seat-84 · Shelf. (204) The device of clause (200), (201), (201A), (202) or (203), wherein the first fastener comprises a stud and a nut, and wherein the second fastener comprises another One stud and another nut. (204A) The device of clause (200), (201), (201A), (202) or (203), wherein the first fastener comprises a first screw, and wherein the second fastener comprises a second Screw. (205) The device of clause (200), (201), (201A), (202), (203) or (204), wherein the first aperture and the second aperture are machined to the mount In the cover end portion, and wherein the third aperture and the fourth aperture are machined into the mount, wherein the mount is on the first side of the mount and the second side of the mount There is an open area between them. (206) The device of clause (200), (201), (201A), (202), (203), (204) or (205), wherein the mount is on the first side of the mount and the An open area is included between the second sides of the mount. (207) The device of clause (200), (201), (201A), (202), (203), (204), (205) or (206), wherein the mount is attached to the mount When the end portion is covered, the first half opening and the second half opening form a central hub interface for centering one of the equalizing beams. -85 - 4* 4*M407848 (208) Devices such as clauses (200), (201), (201A), (202), (203), (204), (205), (206) or (207) An angle formed by the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is between 12 degrees and 180 degrees, and wherein an angle formed by the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is 120 Between 180 degrees and degrees. (209) The device of clause (2-8), wherein the angle formed by the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is 160 degrees, and wherein the convex portion is formed by the second mechanical joint This angle is 160 degrees. (209A) The device of clause (2-8) or (209), wherein a top point of the convex portion of the first mechanical joint has been cut, and wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint A vertex has been truncated. (21) The apparatus of clause (200), (201), (201A) or (202), wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is configured to be received into one of the first mechanical joints And the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is configured to be received into a concave portion of the second mechanical joint, wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint is located in a first frame One of the spring mounting brackets in the hanging body, and wherein the concave portion of the second mechanical joint is located on a spring mounting bracket in a second frame hanger. The apparatus of clause (21), further comprising: a first fastener; and a second fastener; wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint and the first mechanical joint The concave portion is fastened together via the first fastener and wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint and the concave portion of the second mechanical joint are fastened together via the second fastener. (210B) a device such as clause (203), (2〇4), (2〇4A), (205), (206), (207), (2〇8) or (2〇9), wherein the The convex portion of a mechanical joint is configured to be received into a concave portion of the first mechanical joint, and the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is configured to be received into the second mechanical joint In one of the concave portions, wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint is located on a spring mount in a first spring housing, and wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint is located at a second Inside the spring housing - on the spring mount. The apparatus of clause (210A), further comprising: a third fastener; and a fourth fastener, wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint and the concave portion of the first mechanical joint A portion is secured together via the third fastener, and wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint and the concave portion of the second mechanical joint are fastened together via the fourth fastener. -87· (21〇D) The device of clause (210), ^L·*, the concave portion of the first mechanical joint includes a first at a vertex of the concave portion of the first mechanical joint a molding, wherein the concave portion of the second mechanical joint includes a second molding at an apex of the concave portion of the second mechanical joint, wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is a vertices of one of the convex portions of the first mechanical joint includes a third fillet, and wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint includes a first portion at one of the vertices of the convex portion of the second mechanical joint Four inlays. Lu (210E) The apparatus of clause (21〇D), wherein the first fillet is smaller than the third fillet, and wherein the second fillet is smaller than the fourth fillet. (2U) as in the terms (2〇〇), (201), (201A), (202), (203), (204), (205), (2〇6), (207), (208) or The device of 209), wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is configured to be received into a concave portion of the first mechanical joint, and the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is 卩 、, I Configuring to be received into the *-concave portion of the second mechanical joint, wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint is located on a spring mount in a first spring housing, and wherein the first The concave portion of the two mechanical joints is located on a spring mount in a second spring housing. (212) The apparatus of clause (21〇) or (211), wherein a -88-M407848 preparation strip located at one of the apexes of the concave portion of the first mechanical joint is smaller than a first mechanical joint a fillet on one of the apexes of the convex portion, and wherein a drum strip located at one of the apexes of the concave portion of the second mechanical joint is smaller than a vertex at one of the convex portions of the second mechanical joint The funeral. (213) as provided in clauses (200), (201), (201A), (202), (203), (204), (2〇5) ' (206) ' (207), (208), ( 209), (210), (211)^ or (212), wherein the mount further comprises a convex portion of a third mechanical joint, wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is located at the mount At the first side, wherein the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is configured to be received into a concave portion of the third mechanical joint, and wherein the concave portion of the third mechanical joint is located A third frame is mounted on one of the spring mounts. The device of clause (213), wherein the angle formed by the convex portion of the third mechanical joint is between 12 degrees and 18 degrees. (2H) The device of clause (214), wherein the angle formed by the convex portion of the third mechanical joint is 160 degrees. (U6) The device of clause p14) or (215), wherein a fillet on the apex of the concave portion of the third mechanical joint is smaller than a vertex at one of the convex portions of the third mechanical joint The top panel. (216) The apparatus of clause (214) or (215), wherein the concave portion of the first mechanical joint includes a first inset at one of the apexes of the concave portion of the first mechanical joint -89 - M407848 a strip, wherein the concave portion of the second mechanical joint includes a second fillet at an apex of the concave portion of the second machine, wherein the concave portion of the third mechanical joint is at the third mechanical The apex of one of the concave portions of the joint includes a third molding strip, wherein the convex portion of the first mechanical joint includes a fourth molding strip at a vertex of the convex portion of the first mechanical joint. The convex portion of the second mechanical joint includes a fifth molding at a vertex of the convex portion of the second mechanical joint, and wherein the convex portion of the third mechanical joint is at the third A sixth fillet is included at one of the vertices of the convex portion of the mechanical joint. (216B) The device of clause (216A), wherein the first fillet is smaller than the fourth fillet, wherein the second fillet is smaller than the fifth fillet' and wherein the third fillet is smaller than the sixth fillet . (216) The apparatus of clause (213), wherein one of the apexes of the convex portion of the first mechanical joint is cut, wherein one of the apexes of the convex portion of the second mechanical joint is broken and wherein the third One of the apexes of the convex portion of the mechanical joint is broken. (217) The device of clause (203), wherein the mount includes an open area between the first side of the mount and the second side of the mount, wherein the third aperture includes - The open area of the mount to the through hole of the second side, and M407848, wherein the fourth opening includes a through hole from the open area of the mount to the second side. (218) The device of clause (217), wherein the first fastener comprises a bolt and a nut and wherein the second fastener comprises another bolt and another nut. • 5. Conclusions This work has been described with reference to specific illustrative aspects, but should not be construed in a restrictive sense. Rather, various changes and modifications of the illustrative embodiments may be made without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the following claims. In addition, it should be understood that any such changes and modifications will be made by those skilled in the art (10) as equivalents to one or more of the following claims and should be at the fullest extent permitted by law. The scope of the patent application covers. Finally, the word "exemplary" is used herein to mean "serving as an example or description." Any embodiment that is not necessarily described herein as "exemplary" is to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a side elevational view of a vehicle suspension constructed in accordance with the principles disclosed herein; Figure 2 is a side elevational view of the frame hanger assembly and frame assembly illustrated in Figure 1; Figure 3 is an end elevational view of the frame hanger assembly and the frame assembly illustrated in Figure 2; Figure 4 is a side elevational view of the frame hanger spring module illustrated in Figure 1; Figure 5 is the frame spring of the frame illustrated in Figure 4 End view of the module; -91· 9 9M407848 Figure 6 is a side elevational view of the frame hanger illustrated in Figure 1; Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view of the frame hanger illustrated in Figure 6; Figure 8 is a cutaway view of an exemplary embodiment Figure 8A is a plan view of the shear spring illustrated in Figure 8; Figure 8B is a side elevational view of the shear spring illustrated in Figure 8; Figure 8C is taken along line 8C-8C of Figure 8A FIG. 8A is a cross-sectional view of the shear spring illustrated in FIG. 8A taken along line 8D-8D of FIG. 8A; FIG. 9 is an exemplary embodiment according to an exemplary embodiment. A perspective view of another shear spring; Figure 1 is a gradient spring rate load pad illustrated in Figure 1. Figure 11 is a perspective view of another embodiment of a progressive spring rate load pad; Figure 12 is a side elevational view of the spring mount illustrated in Figure 1; Figure 13 is taken along line 13-13 of Figure 12 Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the spring mount illustrated in Figure 12; Figure 15 is a top plan view of the spring mount illustrated in Figure 12; Figure 15 is the spring-loaded mount illustrated in Figure 14 taken along line 15-15 of Figure 14. Figure 16 is a side elevational view of the mount assembly illustrated in Figure 1; Figure Π is a side elevational view of the mount portion of the mount assembly illustrated in Figure 16; Figure 18 is the mount illustrated in Figure 17 Figure 19 is a side view of the frame illustrated by Figure π; Figure 20 is a side elevational view of the assembled equalization beam illustrated in Figure 1; -92- M407848 > Figure 21 of the suspension frame The top plan view 22 of the assembled equalization beam illustrated in FIG. 20 is another side elevational view constructed in accordance with the principles disclosed herein; FIG. 23 is a side elevation view of the suspension constructed in accordance with the principles disclosed herein. Figure; 'Figure 24Α and circle 24Β are in accordance with the principles disclosed herein. Operating characteristics of the suspension frame made of related graphical representation;
圖25為用於根據本文中所揭示原理而構造之懸吊架中之 替代框架掛物總成的側面正視圖; 圖26為根據一例示性實施例之框架掛物總成的側面正視 圖; 圖27為圖26所說明之框架掛物總成的俯視平面圖; 圖28為圖26所說明之框架掛物總成的端視圖; 圖29為根據一例示性實施例之彈簧殼體的側面正視圖; 圖30為圖29所說明之彈簧殼體的俯視平面圖; • 圖31為圖29所說明之彈簧殼體的端視圖; 圖32為沿圖29中之線32-32所取的圖29所說明之彈簧殼 體的剖視圖; 圖33為沿圖3 1中之線33-33所取的圖3 1所說明之彈箸殼 體的剖視圖; 圖34為根據一例示性實施例之負载墊的側面正視圖; 圖35為圖34所說明之負載墊的俯視平面圖; 圖36為圖34所說明之負載墊的端視圖; 圖37為沿圖34中之線37-37所取的圖34所說明之負載塾 •93- 的垂直截面圖; 圖38為沿圖36中之線38_38所取的圖36所說明之負載墊 的垂直截面圖; 圖39為根據一例示性實施例之彈簧安裝架的透視圖; 圖40為圖39所說明之彈簧安裝架的俯視平面圖; 圖41為圖39所說明之彈簧安裝架的仰視平面圖; 圖42為圖39所說明之彈簧安裝架的端視圖; 圖43為沿圖42中之線A_A所取的圖42所說明之彈簧安裝 架的刳視圖; 圖44為沿圖41中之線B_B所取的圖41所說明之彈簧安裝 架的剖視圖; 圖45為根據一例示性實施例之座架的側面正視圖; 圖46為圖45所說明之座架的仰視平面圖; 圖47為圖45所說明之座架的端視圖; 圖48為根據一例示性實施例之座架蓋端部分的透視圖; 圖49為圖48所說明之座架蓋端部分的側面正視圖; 圖50說明圖34所說明之負载墊之例示性基板; 圖51 s尤明圖3 4所說明之負載塾之例示性剛度板; 圖52說明根據一例示性實施例之另一負載墊的透視圖; 圖5 3說明根據一例示性實施例之另一負載塾的透視圖; 圖54為可使用根據本文中所揭示原理而構造之懸吊架獲 得之操作特性的圖形表示; 圖55為根據一例示性實施例之框架掛物總成的側面正視 圖; M407848 圖56為圖55所説明之框架掛物總成的俯視平面圖; 圖57為圖55所說明之框架掛物總成的端視圖; 圖58、圖59、圖60及圖61展示例示性懸吊總成之各種視 Γϋΐ · 園, 圖62說明例示性墊板; 圖63、圖64、圖65、圖66及圖67說明可用於例示性懸吊 架内之例示性框架掛物; 圖68說明例示性懸吊總成; 圖69說明具有凸形部分之例示性墊板; 圖7 0說明一對例示性框架掛物; 圖71說明例示性懸吊總成; 圖72說明具有凹形部分之例示性墊板;及 圖73說明圖63所示之框架掛物的左及右側面正視圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 50 車輛懸吊架 52 車輛框架執 54 框架掛物總成 56 彈簀模組 58 框架附接部分 60 窗狀開口 62 頂壁 64 側壁 66 底壁 68 剪切彈簧 •95· M407848 70 彈簣安裝架 72 漸變彈簧率負載墊 74 座架總成 76 中心襯套 78 均衡樑/活動樑 80 襯套管/襯套筒/端部襯套轂 82 框架掛物 84 座架部分/懸吊座架 84A 座架 84B 通孔 86 座架蓋端部分 86A 座架蓋端部分 86B 通孔 90 減振器 92 容腔 94 穹頂狀組態 96 負載阻塊 98 板 99 通孔 100 凸片 102 基板 104 彈性體 105 斜壁 106 頂表面25 is a side elevational view of an alternative frame hanger assembly for use in a suspension constructed in accordance with the principles disclosed herein; FIG. 26 is a side elevational view of the frame hanger assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 28 is an end elevational view of the frame hanger assembly illustrated in Figure 26; Figure 29 is a side elevational view of the spring housing in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 30 FIG. 31 is an end elevational view of the spring housing illustrated in FIG. 29; FIG. 32 is a spring illustrated in FIG. 29 taken along line 32-32 of FIG. Figure 33 is a cross-sectional view of the magazine housing illustrated in Figure 31 taken along line 33-33 of Figure 31; Figure 34 is a side elevational view of the load pad in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. Figure 35 is a top plan view of the load pad illustrated in Figure 34; Figure 36 is an end view of the load pad illustrated in Figure 34; Figure 37 is the load illustrated in Figure 34 taken along line 37-37 of Figure 34.垂直•93- vertical cross-sectional view; Fig. 38 is taken along line 38_38 in Fig. 36 FIG. 39 is a perspective view of a spring mount according to an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 40 is a top plan view of the spring mount illustrated in FIG. 39; and FIG. 41 is a spring mount illustrated in FIG. Figure 42 is an end view of the spring mount illustrated in Figure 39; Figure 43 is a side elevational view of the spring mount illustrated in Figure 42 taken along line A_A of Figure 42; Figure 41 is a side elevational view of the mount according to an exemplary embodiment; Figure 46 is a bottom plan view of the mount illustrated in Figure 45; Figure 47 is an end elevational view of the mount illustrated in Figure 45; Figure 48 is a perspective view of the end portion of the mount cover in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 49 is a side elevational view of the end portion of the mount cover illustrated in Figure 48; Figure 50 illustrates an exemplary substrate of the load pad illustrated in Figure 34; Figure 51 is an exemplary stiffness plate of the load port illustrated in Figure 34; Figure 52 illustrates another load pad in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. Perspective view; FIG. 5 3 illustrates an exemplary embodiment in accordance with an exemplary embodiment A perspective view of another load sheave; FIG. 54 is a graphical representation of operational characteristics that may be obtained using a suspension constructed in accordance with the principles disclosed herein; FIG. 55 is a side elevational view of the frame hanger assembly in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. Figure M is a top plan view of the frame hanger assembly illustrated in Figure 55; Figure 57 is an end view of the frame hanger assembly illustrated in Figure 55; Figures 58, 59, 60 and 61 show exemplary suspensions FIG. 62 illustrates an exemplary backing plate; FIGS. 63, 64, 65, 66, and 67 illustrate exemplary frame hangers that may be used in an exemplary suspension frame; FIG. Illustrative suspension assembly; Figure 69 illustrates an exemplary backing plate having a convex portion; Figure 70 illustrates a pair of exemplary frame hangers; Figure 71 illustrates an exemplary suspension assembly; Figure 72 illustrates an illustration with a concave portion And FIG. 73 illustrates a front view of the left and right side faces of the frame hanger shown in FIG. [Main component symbol description] 50 Vehicle suspension frame 52 Vehicle frame assembly 54 Frame hanger assembly 56 Magazine module 58 Frame attachment portion 60 Window opening 62 Top wall 64 Side wall 66 Bottom wall 68 Shear spring • 95· M407848 70 magazine mounting bracket 72 gradient spring rate load pad 74 frame assembly 76 center bushing 78 equalizing beam / movable beam 80 bushing tube / bushing sleeve / end bushing hub 82 frame hanging 84 frame part / suspension Seat 84A Seat 84B Through Hole 86 Seat Cover End Section 86A Seat Cover End Section 86B Through Hole 90 Shock Absorber 92 Capacitor 94 Domed Configuration 96 Load Block 98 Board 99 Through Hole 100 Tab 102 Substrate 104 Elastomer 105 oblique wall 106 top surface
-96- M407848 107 斜壁 108 耳部 109 通孔 110 頂表面 112 容腔 114 座架安裝孔口 116 凹形部分 117 緊固件 118 座架蓋孔口 119a 半孔口 119b 半孔口 120 緊固件 122 彈簧安裝架安裝孔口 124 凸形部分 126 頂板 128 底板 130 側板 132 中心襯套轂 134 中心襯套 136 額外襯套 138 跨度 200 彈簧懸吊架/彈簧懸吊總成 202 框架掛物總成 204 座架總成 -97- M407848 250 252 254 255 256 300 302 304 306 308 309 310 311 330 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 彈簧懸吊架 部分彈簧模組 框架掛物總成 框架附接部分 底壁 彈簧安裝架嵌條/框架掛物總成/懸吊架 座架圓潤部/框架界面 彈簧模組 下壁 上壁 緊固件 緊固件 通孔/通孔集合 框架掛物總成/懸吊架 框架掛物 框架掛物 彈簧模組 彈簧模組 下壁 座架總成 垂直壁 座架總成 第一下壁端 垂直壁 •98 M407848-96- M407848 107 Inclined Wall 108 Ear 109 Through Hole 110 Top Surface 112 Cavity 114 Mounting Mounting Hole 116 Concave Portion 117 Fastener 118 Rack Cover Hole 119a Half Port 119b Half Port 120 Fastener 122 Spring Mounting Mounting Hole 124 Male Section 126 Top Plate 128 Base Plate 130 Side Plate 132 Center Bushing Hub 134 Center Bushing 136 Extra Bushing 138 Span 200 Spring Suspension / Spring Suspension Assembly 202 Frame Hanging Assembly 204 Frame Assembly-97- M407848 250 252 254 255 256 300 302 304 306 308 309 310 311 330 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 Spring suspension part spring module frame hanging assembly frame attachment part bottom wall spring installation Rack / frame hanging assembly / suspension frame rounding / frame interface spring module lower wall upper wall fasteners fasteners through hole / through hole collection frame hanging assembly / hanging frame frame hanging frame hanging spring mold Group spring module lower wall frame assembly vertical wall frame assembly first lower wall end vertical wall • 98 M407848
342 第二下壁端 344 彈簧模組/彈簧殼體 345 内部部分 346 彈簧安裝架 348 漸變彈箐率負載墊 350 剪切彈簧 351 緊固件 352 剪切彈簧 354 底壁 356 頂壁 357 凹陷 358 側壁 360 側壁 362 緊固件 364 彈簧殼體容腔 366 彈簧殼體容腔 368 穹頂狀組態 370 通孔/安裝孔口 371 通孔 372 跨度 380 第一下壁端 381 第二下壁端 382 下壁 383 通孔/通孔集合 -99- M407848 384 孔 400 基板 402 剛度板 404 墊材料 406 第一墊部分 408 第二墊部分 410 頂側 412 底側 414 邊緣 416 頂側 418 底側 420 邊緣 422 通孔 424 耳部 426 通孔 428 頂表面 430 斜邊緣 432 斜邊緣 452 側 454 側 456 外側座架界面 458 内側座架界面 460 外側座架安裝孔口 461 内側座架安裝孔口342 Second lower wall end 344 Spring module / spring housing 345 Internal part 346 Spring mounting bracket 348 Gradient spring rate load pad 350 Shear spring 351 Fastener 352 Shear spring 354 Bottom wall 356 Top wall 357 Depression 358 Side wall 360 Side wall 362 Fastener 364 Spring housing cavity 366 Spring housing cavity 368 Domed configuration 370 Through hole / mounting aperture 371 Through hole 372 Span 380 First lower wall end 381 Second lower wall end 382 Lower wall 383 Hole/Through Hole Set-99-M407848 384 Hole 400 Substrate 402 Stiffness Plate 404 Pad Material 406 First Pad Section 408 Second Pad Section 410 Top Side 412 Bottom Side 414 Edge 416 Top Side 418 Bottom Side 420 Edge 422 Through Hole 424 Ear Port 426 through hole 428 top surface 430 beveled edge 432 beveled edge 452 side 454 side 456 outer frame interface 458 inner frame interface 460 outer frame mounting aperture 461 inner frame mounting aperture
-100· M407848-100· M407848
462 負載墊安裝孔口 464 頂表面 466 壁部分 468 壁部分 470 容腔 471 水平跨度 472 容腔 480 彈簧安裝架嵌條 482 凹形部分 500 懸吊總成 502 框架掛物 504 框架掛物 506 墊板 507 附接孔集合/墊板 508 活動樑 509 附接孔集合 510 座架總成 512 窗狀開口 514 窗狀開口 516 彈簧安裝架 518 彈簧安裝架 520 剪切彈簧 521 漸變彈簧率負載墊 522 剪切彈簧 M407848 524 剪切彈簧 526 剪切彈簧 530 漸變彈簧率負載墊 532 座架總成 540 頂壁 541 外部側壁 542 側壁 543 外部側壁 544 側壁 545 框架掛物底部 546 底壁 548 容腔 549 凸緣 550 中心線 551 附接孔集合 552 附接孔集合/頂壁 553 凸緣 554 側壁 556 側壁 557 外部側壁 558 底壁 559 外部側壁 560 容腔 561 框架掛物底部 M407848 562 中心線 564 附接孔集合 566 附接孔集合 579 凸緣 580 框架掛物 582 附接孔集合 583 凸緣 584 附接孔集合 586 附接孔集合 588 窗狀開口 590 頂壁 592 側壁 594 側壁 596 底壁 599 框架掛物底部 602 框架掛物 604 框架掛物 612 窗狀開口 614 窗狀開口 640 頂壁 641 框架掛物底壁 642 側壁 644 側壁 645 外部側壁部分 M407848 646 底壁 647 外部側壁部分 648 容腔 650 墊板部分 651 附接孔集合 652 附接孔集合/頂壁 653 附接孔集合 654 側壁 655 凸緣 656 側壁 657 凸緣 658 底壁 660 容腔 663 墊板通道 664 附接孔集合 666 附接孔集合 900 懸吊總成 902 框架掛物 904 框架掛物 906 框架掛物 908 剪切彈簧 910 彈簧安裝架 912 漸變彈簧率負載墊 914 剪切彈簧462 Load pad mounting aperture 464 Top surface 466 Wall portion 468 Wall portion 470 Volume 471 Horizontal span 472 Cavity 480 Spring mounting bracket 482 Concave portion 500 Suspension assembly 502 Frame hang 504 Frame hang 506 Pad 507 Attached Hole set/pad 508 movable beam 509 attachment hole set 510 mount assembly 512 window opening 514 window opening 516 spring mount 518 spring mount 520 shear spring 521 gradient spring rate load pad 522 shear spring M407848 524 Shear Spring 526 Shear Spring 530 Gradient Spring Rate Load Pad 532 Mounting Frame Assembly 540 Top Wall 541 Outer Side Wall 542 Side Wall 543 External Side Wall 544 Side Wall 545 Frame Hanging Bottom 546 Bottom Wall 548 Cavity 549 Flange 550 Centerline 551 Attached Hole Set 552 Attachment Hole Set / Top Wall 553 Flange 554 Side Wall 556 Side Wall 557 External Side Wall 558 Bottom Wall 559 External Side Wall 560 Cavity 561 Frame Hanging Bottom M407848 562 Center Line 564 Attaching Hole Set 566 Attaching Hole Set 579 Edge 580 frame hanging 582 attachment hole set 583 flange 584 attachment hole 586 attachment hole set 588 window opening 590 top wall 592 side wall 594 side wall 596 bottom wall 599 frame hanging bottom 602 frame hanging 604 frame hanging 612 window opening 614 window opening 640 top wall 641 frame hanging bottom wall 642 side wall 644 side wall 645 Outer sidewall portion M407848 646 Bottom wall 647 External sidewall portion 648 Cavity 650 Backing plate portion 651 Attaching hole set 652 Attaching hole set / Top wall 653 Attaching hole set 654 Side wall 655 Flange 656 Side wall 657 Flange 658 Bottom wall 660 cavity 663 pad channel 664 attachment hole set 666 attachment hole set 900 suspension assembly 902 frame hanging 904 frame hanging 906 frame hanging 908 shear spring 910 spring mount 912 gradient spring rate load pad 914 shear spring
-104- M407848-104- M407848
916 剪切彈簧 917 彈簧安裝架 918 漸變彈簧率負載墊 920 剪切彈簧 922 剪切彈簧 924 漸變彈簀率負載墊 926 剪切彈簧 928 彈簧安裝架 930 墊板 932 墊板 978 附接孔集合 979 附接孔集合 980 框架掛物 981 框架掛物 982 凸緣 983 凸緣 984 凹形部分 985 凹形部分 986 附接孔集合 987 附接孔集合 995 墊板 996 附接孔集合 997 附接孔集合 998 凸形部分 M407848 999 凸形部分 1000 墊板 1001 凹形部分 1002 凹形部分916 Shear Spring 917 Spring Mount 918 Gradient Spring Rate Load Pad 920 Shear Spring 922 Shear Spring 924 Gradient Bullet Rate Load Pad 926 Shear Spring 928 Spring Mount 930 Pad 932 Pad 978 Attachment Hole Set 979 Attached Hole set 980 frame hanging 981 frame hanging 982 flange 983 flange 984 concave part 985 concave part 986 attachment hole set 987 attachment hole set 995 pad 996 attachment hole set 997 attachment hole set 998 convex part M407848 999 convex part 1000 pad 1001 concave part 1002 concave part
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/545,828 US8052166B2 (en) | 2008-03-10 | 2009-08-22 | Tie-plate and frame hanger of a suspension assembly |
| PCT/US2009/056575 WO2010068319A1 (en) | 2008-12-12 | 2009-09-10 | Tie-plate and frame hanger of a suspension assembly |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TWM407848U true TWM407848U (en) | 2011-07-21 |
Family
ID=44934160
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW099128052A TW201114626A (en) | 2009-08-22 | 2010-08-20 | Tie-plate and frame hanger of a suspension assembly |
| TW099216177U TWM407848U (en) | 2009-08-22 | 2010-08-20 | Suspension assembly and tie-plate thereof |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW099128052A TW201114626A (en) | 2009-08-22 | 2010-08-20 | Tie-plate and frame hanger of a suspension assembly |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| TW (2) | TW201114626A (en) |
-
2010
- 2010-08-20 TW TW099128052A patent/TW201114626A/en unknown
- 2010-08-20 TW TW099216177U patent/TWM407848U/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW201114626A (en) | 2011-05-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA2836761C (en) | Modular suspension system and components thereof | |
| CN101873944B (en) | Link plates and frame hangers for suspension components | |
| AU2011296044B2 (en) | Suspension assembly with tie-plate | |
| US8177246B2 (en) | Axle seat for vehicle suspensions | |
| US9493048B2 (en) | Motor vehicle axle suspension with longitudinal leaf spring | |
| EP1564039B1 (en) | Dual rate leaf spring apparatus | |
| TWM407848U (en) | Suspension assembly and tie-plate thereof | |
| AU2013202586B2 (en) | Modular suspension system and components thereof | |
| AU2012203488A1 (en) | Vehicle suspensions having leaf spring and alternative clamp groups |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MM4K | Annulment or lapse of a utility model due to non-payment of fees |